Commit Graph

23035 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
DENG Qingfang
7bd19dbe99 ramips: mt7621: backport GPIO driver fix
Backport 2 patches from linux-next to fix mt7621 GPIO driver

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:14:43 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
9ebb85c372 ramips: mt7621: update PCIe node in dtsi
Update PCIe node in dtsi to match the new driver

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:14:43 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
d21d6ea454 ramips: mt7621: backport PCIe driver fixes from staging-test
Backport mt7621-pci/mt7621-pci-phy fixes from staging-test

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:14:43 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
66984646c2 ramips: mt7621: update pinctrl nodes
Upstream GPIO driver uses "groups" "function" properties

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:13:05 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
60f691dae4 ramips: mt7621: convert GPIO dts refs
The upstream driver does not use &gpio0..2 banks notation anymore,
so convert them to &gpio

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:13:05 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
783fc8e553 ramips: mt7621: replace gpio/eth nodes in mt7621.dtsi
There's different gpio and ethernet drivers upstream for mt7621.
Update these two nodes to match upstream dt bindings.

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 14:10:58 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
99d210d6a0 ramips: mt7621: refresh kernel config
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 12:04:14 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
6be0da90a1 ramips: refresh patches
Removed upstreamed/solved elsewhere upstream:
- 0001-MIPS-ralink-Add-rt3352-SPI_CS1-pinmux.patch
- 0002-MIPS-pci-rt2880-set-pci-controller-of_node.patch
- 0004-MIPS-ralink-add-MT7621-pcie-driver.patch
- 0009-PCI-MIPS-enable-PCIe-on-MT7688.patch
- 0025-pinctrl-ralink-add-pinctrl-driver.patch
- 0028-GPIO-ralink-add-mt7621-gpio-controller.patch
- 0043-spi-add-mt7621-support.patch
- 0045-i2c-add-mt7621-driver.patch
- 0047-DMA-ralink-add-rt2880-dma-engine.patch
- 0053-mtd-spi-nor-add-w25q256-3b-mode-switch.patch
- 0054-mtd-spi-nor-w25q256-respect-default-mode.patch
- 0099-pci-mt7620.patch
- 304-spi-nor-enable-4B-opcodes-for-mx25l25635f.patch

Removed because of the new NAND driver:
- 0038-Revert-mtd-nand-Remove-unused-chip-write_page-hook.patch
- 0039-mtd-add-mt7621-nand-support.patch
- 0040-nand-hack.patch

Remove patch that no longer applies (needs rework):
- 0034-NET-multi-phy-support.patch

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 12:04:13 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
d75c9b8f81 ramips: mtk-mmc: set correct DMA mask
Since commit f8c55dc ("MIPS: use generic dma noncoherent ops for
simple noncoherent platforms") changed MIPS dma handling, the mmc
driver fails because it doesn't have a dma mask is set.

So set the correct dma mask.

Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 12:04:13 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
d4903b5720 ramips: move MTK MMC driver to files directory
Move MTK MMC driver from "files-4.14" to "files" so kernel 5.4
can use it

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 12:04:13 +08:00
DENG Qingfang
c70545f397 ramips: copy patches and kernel config to 5.4
Copy patches and kernel config to 5.4 for ramips

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-04-04 12:04:13 +08:00
Rafał Miłecki
b51ea43f90 bcm53xx: refactor board.d code in 02_network
1. Use functions for cleaner code
2. Always execute WAN interface generic code

Before this change WAN interface code wasn't executed on all devices due
to an early "exit 0".

Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-04-03 17:59:56 +02:00
Tim Harvey
ff6b092121 imx6: bootscript: use partition UUID for rootfs if possible
Specifying root filesystem by device is non-deterministic for several
reasons:
 - USB device unmeration order is not garunteeed for USB storage devs
 - MMC devs ordering is determined by the instance of the MMC host
   controller including non-storage SDIO devices which can throw off
   numbering depending on kernel versions.

It is recommended to use partition UUID

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-04-03 12:17:45 +02:00
Tim Harvey
4298339b23 octeontx: switch to kernel 5.4
5.4 is stable on Gateworks Newport GW610x/GW620x/GW630x/GW640x

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-04-03 12:17:45 +02:00
Paul Spooren
07449f692c build: refactor JSON info files to profiles.json
JSON info files contain machine readable information of built profiles
and resulting images. These files were added in commit 881ed09ee6
("build: create JSON files containing image info").

They are useful for firmware wizards and script checking for
reproducibility.

Currently all JSON files are stored next to the built images, resulting
in up to 168 individual files for the ath79/generic target.

This patch refactors the JSON creation to store individual per image
(not per profile) files in $(BUILD_DIR)/json_info_files and create an
single overview file called `profiles.json` in the target directory.

Storing per image files and not per profile solves the problem of
parallel file writes. If a profiles sysupgrade and factory image are
finished at the same time both processes would write to the same JSON
file, resulting in randomly broken outputs.

Some target like x86/64 do not use the image code yet, resulting in
missing JSON files. If no JSON info files were created, no
`profiles.json` files is created as it would be empty anyway.

As before, this creation is enabled by default only if `BUILDBOT` is set.

Tested via buildroot & ImageBuilder on ath79/generic, imx6 and x86/64.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[json_info_files dir handling in Make, if case refactoring]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-04-03 12:17:45 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
b74386acc6 kmod-sched-cake: switch to in-tree cake for 4.19+
Use in tree version of cake for kernels 4.19+ and backport features from
later kernel versions to 4.19.

Unfortunately PROVIDES dependency handling produces bogus circular
dependency warnings so whilst this package and kmod-sched-cake-oot
should be able to PROVIDE kmod-sched-cake this doesn't work.

Instead, remove the PROVIDES option and modify package sqm-scripts to
depend on the correct module independently.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-04-01 21:59:45 +01:00
Daniel Golle
9f14216a2c oxnas: some improvements for Shuttle KD20
* install kmod-hwmon-drivetemp by default
 * wire up thermal zone
 * fix fan GPIO polarity
 * fix i2c-gpio GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-31 21:41:23 +01:00
Daniel Golle
5e82e1ed2f oxnas: fix warning in SATA driver
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c: In function 'sata_oxnas_port_irq':
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2126:25: warning: left shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
  if (ap->qc_active & (1 << ATA_TAG_INTERNAL)) {
                           ^~

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-31 21:30:57 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
5562c5add2 ipq40xx: fix DAP-2610 boot failure
Albert has reported, that his DAP-2610 wont boot with the latest
snapshot and Fredrik has found out, that the device gets stuck at
"Waiting for root device ..." due to missing 5.4 kernel config symbol
CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_WRGG_FW which was probably lost during the kernel
version bump.

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/dap-2610-bricked-help-needed
Fixes: 272e0a702a ("ipq40xx: add v5.4 support")
Suggested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-31 16:20:47 +02:00
李国
533b130adc x86/64: add cdrom and iso9660 drivers
The iso image need cdrom and iso9660 drivers to boot, otherwise it will
hang when mounting the root file system

Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
2020-03-31 16:20:47 +02:00
李国
a6b7c3e672 x86: generate EFI platform bootable images
Add EFI platform bootable images for x86 platforms. These images can
also boot from legacy BIOS platform.

EFI System Partition need to be fat12/fat16/fat32 (not need to load
filesystem drivers), so the first partition of EFI images are not ext4
filesystem any more.

GPT partition table has an alternate partition table, we did not
generate it. This may cause problems when use these images as qemu disk
(kernel can not find rootfs), we pad enough sectors will be ok.

Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[part_magic_* refactoring, removed genisoimage checks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-31 16:20:47 +02:00
李国
d9228514cc grub2: make some change to add efi platform support
1.generate boot image at Package/install section
2.move boot image to $(STAGING_DIR_IMAGE)/grub2/
3.add efi variant to support efi platform

Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
2020-03-31 16:20:47 +02:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
49109cedab bcm27xx: update 5.4 patches from RPi foundation
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-31 13:18:08 +02:00
Yousong Zhou
437eb41f23 generic: mips: exclude more dsemul code when fpu-emu is not enabled
The patch is backported from mips-next.  In addition to minor reduction
of code size and runtime memory use, the more apparent difference is
that the delay slot emulation page will not be present for those targets
with fpu emulation disabled (CONFIG_MIPS_FP_SUPPORT=n)

Memory maps of busybox before and after this change

  root@OpenWrt:/# cat /proc/self/maps
  00400000-00449000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  00458000-00459000 r-xp 00048000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  00459000-0045a000 rwxp 00049000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  77dc0000-77de2000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 273        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77de2000-77de3000 r-xp 00012000 00:02 273        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77de3000-77de4000 rwxp 00013000 00:02 273        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77de4000-77e7b000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 271        /lib/libc.so
  77e8a000-77e8c000 rwxp 00096000 00:02 271        /lib/libc.so
  77e8c000-77e8e000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
  7fd86000-7fda7000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0          [stack]
  7fefd000-7fefe000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0
  7ffe6000-7ffe7000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0          [vvar]
  7ffe7000-7ffe8000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0          [vdso]

  root@OpenWrt:/# cat /proc/self/maps
  00400000-00449000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  00458000-00459000 r-xp 00048000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  00459000-0045a000 rwxp 00049000 00:02 23         /bin/busybox
  77d55000-77d77000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 274        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77d77000-77d78000 r-xp 00012000 00:02 274        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77d78000-77d79000 rwxp 00013000 00:02 274        /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
  77d79000-77e10000 r-xp 00000000 00:02 272        /lib/libc.so
  77e1f000-77e21000 rwxp 00096000 00:02 272        /lib/libc.so
  77e21000-77e23000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
  7fe23000-7fe44000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0          [stack]
  7ff63000-7ff64000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0          [vvar]
  7ff64000-7ff65000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0          [vdso]

Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-30 11:28:11 +08:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
af35205626 kernel: Enable CMOS RTC support on 5.4
Enable kernel symbol CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS which was enabled in 4.14 &
4.19

Fixes FS#2905 and now my APU2 picks up time from RTC

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-03-29 21:41:43 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
f46a3c7b14 ramips: Deactivate NETGEAR WNCE2001 by default
The root file system is getting too big for this device and this breaks
the ramips/rt305x build.

Do not build images for this board by default to fix this problem.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-29 22:36:05 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
3a761c90af treewide: Don't diverge from upstream default HZ settings on 4.19
Most targets upstream use 250Hz or even 1000Hz by default while
100Hz is hardcoded in OpenWrt's default config. Use upstream default
except for apm821xx which hardsets 1000Hz instead of platform default of
250Hz.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Apply same changes to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-03-29 17:27:54 +01:00
Michal Cieslakiewicz
e2b89ea069 kernel: generic: 5.4: fix mtd concat panic on read/write functions
Commit 2431c4f5b46c32c4ac495456b1ef4ce59c0bb85d ("mtd: Implement
mtd_{read,write}() as wrappers around mtd_{read,write}_oob()") for kernel 5.4
restrict mtd devices to register only one type of read/write functions
(either generic or OOB).

mtd concat does not follow above rule and defines both methods at the same
time, causing this type of device to be rejected by kernel. For routers that
use mtd concat for root UBI volume that means kernel panic and boot loop with
following error:

[    0.767307] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "ubi-concat":
[    0.772547] 0x000000000000-0x000007500000 : "ubi"
[    0.777953] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[    0.782683] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/mtd/mtdcore.c:621 add_mtd_device+0x84/0x5f4
[    0.790983] Modules linked in:
[    0.794093] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper Not tainted 5.4.24 #0
[    0.799932] Stack : 80680000 8062af20 00000000 00000000 8062a0f0 87c2dae4 87c282fc 8065fd23
[    0.808430]         805c64f4 00000001 807b32d8 80670000 80670000 00000001 87c2da98 25c15bcb
[    0.816909]         00000000 00000000 807e0000 0000006e 61696e74 00000000 2e342e32 34202330
[    0.825397]         0000006e cef2ada7 00000000 000c1ded 00000000 00000009 00000000 8034de64
[    0.833889]         00000009 80670000 80670000 80676d18 00000000 80320044 00000000 807b0000
[    0.842381]         ...
[    0.844861] Call Trace:
[    0.847367] [<80069994>] show_stack+0x30/0x100
[    0.851913] [<8007e8ac>] __warn+0xc0/0x10c
[    0.856072] [<8007e954>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x5c/0xac
[    0.861134] [<8034de64>] add_mtd_device+0x84/0x5f4
[    0.866001] [<80352a50>] add_mtd_partitions+0xd8/0x1b8
[    0.871231] [<803527b8>] parse_mtd_partitions+0x238/0x3f8
[    0.876717] [<8034e51c>] mtd_device_parse_register+0x48/0x1b0
[    0.882586] [<8038dd2c>] virt_concat_probe+0x170/0x1ec
[    0.887820] [<803334c8>] platform_drv_probe+0x40/0x94
[    0.892970] [<80331638>] really_probe+0x104/0x35c
[    0.897766] [<80331d54>] device_driver_attach+0x70/0x98
[    0.903072] [<80331ddc>] __driver_attach+0x60/0x100
[    0.908042] [<8032f668>] bus_for_each_dev+0x68/0xa4
[    0.912989] [<803309d4>] bus_add_driver+0x1f0/0x200
[    0.917952] [<80332448>] driver_register+0x84/0x148
[    0.922906] [<80060a1c>] do_one_initcall+0x7c/0x1dc
[    0.927870] [<80684e14>] kernel_init_freeable+0x158/0x23c
[    0.933361] [<805387d8>] kernel_init+0x10/0xf0
[    0.937883] [<80064dd8>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x14/0x1c
[    0.943375] ---[ end trace 62e0927fba490f68 ]---
[...]
[    2.266513] Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
[    2.274893] Rebooting in 1 seconds..

This patch makes mtd concat to follow new mtd requirements by registering
either normal or oob versions of read/write functions, but not both at the
same time. OOB is used only when underlying mtd devices provide such
functionality (like NAND chips) - otherwise generic methods are used.

Tested successfully on Netgear WNDR4300.

Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
2020-03-29 16:23:57 +02:00
Evgeniy Didin
521ab1b97b archs38: switch to kernel 5.4 by default
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-29 16:23:57 +02:00
Evgeniy Didin
b47f3bf7ec archs38: Add patch for gcc8 compilance
Building Linux kernel version 5.4.x with GCC8 ends up
with internal compiler error. The workaround on this issue
can be introdution of additional compiler option "--mmpy-option=2"

Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-29 16:23:57 +02:00
Evgeniy Didin
e3bcb83720 archs38: add kernel 5.4 config
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
[run make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=target]
[Do not deactivate CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_*]
[Activate CONFIG_HARDENED_USERCOPY]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-29 16:23:36 +02:00
Evgeniy Didin
55eb9cb72e kernel: update arc-specific patch
This patch updates arc-specific patch by moving declaration
of struct object before it's usage.

Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-29 16:05:30 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
2d61f8821c mvebu: cortexa9: correct cpu subtype
Armada 370  processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The
change introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain
compilation for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for mvebu
cortexa9 subtarget to cpu type with 32 double-precision registers. This
stems from gcc defaults which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu
is specified. That change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel
will kill userspace as soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-28 22:58:36 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
43d1d88510 tegra: correct cpu subtype
Tegra 2 processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The change
introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation
for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for tegra target to cpu
type with 32 double-precision registers. This stems from gcc defaults
which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu is specified. That
change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel will kill userspace as
soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-28 22:58:36 +01:00
Paul Spooren
258f070d1a x86: fix missing squashfs and ext4 rootfs images
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") removed images of separate
squashfs and ext4 filesystems which are handy for example in testing
under QEMU.

So this patch adds back creation of those missing rootfs images for ext4
and squashfs based filesystems.

Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:20:05 +01:00
Paul Spooren
6fcca31fc3 x86: fix padding in images
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit  cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") broke the padding in
images.

 sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, enabling native capacity
 sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, truncated
 sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk
 SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x2cc556
 unable to read id index table
 VFS: Cannot open root device "PARTUUID=ac5c9cd8-02" or unknown-block(8,2): error -5
 Please append a correct "root=" boot option; here are the available partitions:
 0800           19761 sda
  driver: sd
   0801           16384 sda1 ac5c9cd8-01

   0802            2865 sda2 ac5c9cd8-02

 Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(8,2)

Tested with x86/64 with Docker (squashfs), qemustart (ext4/squashfs) and
virtualbox (ext4/squashfs).

Ref: FS#2935
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Suggested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Baptiste Jonglez
247043c968 ar71xx: Fix gigabit switch support for Mikrotik RB951G-2HnD
Without this patch, when using rev 3 of the Atheros AR9344 SoC, the
gigabit switch (AR8327) does not work or works very erratically.

This is a re-spin of http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/419857/ with a
different PLL value, according to the feedback from several users
(including myself) as shown here:

  https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias#tracking_reported_experience_with_suggested_patch_for_the_5_gige_ports

Performance is acceptable: testing L3 forwarding without NAT yields a
performance of 370 Mbit/s (iperf3 TCP) and 41 Kpps (iperf3 UDP with 64
bytes payload). Both tests show that 100% of CPU time is spent on softirq.

A similar fix for a different device (RB2011) was added in e457d22261
("Make GBit switch work on RB2011").

Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
5ecc0cfd6f kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.28
Changelog since 5.4.24 mentions CVE-2019-19769, CVE-2020-8648,
CVE-2020-8649 and CVE-2020-8647.

Removed upstreamed:

 generic: 507-v5.6-iio-chemical-sps30-fix-missing-triggered-buffer-depe.patch
 generic: 600-ipv6-addrconf-call-ipv6_mc_up-for-non-Ethernet-inter.patch
 bcm27xx: 950-0435-ASoC-pcm512x-Fix-unbalanced-regulator-enable-call-in.patch
 ipq806x: 701-stmmac-fix-notifier-registration.patch
 lantiq: 002-pinctrl-falcon-fix-syntax-error.patch
 octeontx: 0002-net-thunderx-workaround-BGX-TX-Underflow-issue.patch

Run tested: apu2, qemu-x86-64, apalis, a64-olinuxino, nbg6617
Build tested: sunxi/a53, imx6, x86/64, ipq40xx

Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk> [apu2]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
bf15557f8a ipq40xx: switch to 5.4 kernel
5.4.24 seems to be working fine on my zyxel,nbg6617, so let's start
wider userbase testing.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Leon M. George
d59137d1d9 ipq40xx: wpj428: fix missing MDIO GPIO reset and pinmux
The bootloader does not always initialize the MDIO pins before booting
Linux. E.g. on version "U-Boot 2012.07 [Chaos Calmer 15.05.1,r35193] (Jul
25 2017 - 11:36:26)" this is the case when booting automatically without
activating the U-Boot console.

Without this change, the kernel boot will complain about missing PHYs:

 libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
 ar40xx c000000.ess-switch: Probe failed - Missing PHYs!
 libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed

With this change it will work as expected:

 libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
 ESS reset ok!
 ESS reset ok!
 libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed

Ref: GH-2835
Tested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit description from Fredrik, subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
c3178110b5 sunxi: switch to 5.4 kernel
Seems to be working fine on my a64-olinuxino, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
153a6b8c34 sunxi: a53: fix ethernet on a64-olinuxino
a64-olinuxino board has Micrel KSZ9031 Gigabit PHY so add support for
this PHY into kernel.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
8ac614fe96 sunxi: 5.4: dts: a64: olinuxino: add bank supply regulators
This is backport of v5.6 patch.

Allwinner A64 SoC has separate supplies for PC, PD, PE, PG and PL. This
patch adds regulators for them to the pinctrl node.

Exception is PL which is used by the RSB bus. To avoid circular
dependencies, VCC-PL is omitted.

On boards with eMMC, VCC-PC is supplied by ELDO1, instead of DCDC1.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
8743a9c9b9 sunxi: 5.4: a64-olinuxino: use red LED for status signalization
There is a red LED marked as `GPIO_LED1` on the silkscreen and connected
to PE17, so use this LED for status signalization.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
0784d07c11 sunxi: a53: add support for Olimex A64-Olinuxino eMMC
Specifications:

 SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
 RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
 Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
 MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
 Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
 Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
 Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
                        Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
                        (only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)

Flashing instructions:

 Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy eMMC image to SD
 card, insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot. You should see
 something like following if the eMMC is detected correctly:

  mmcblk2: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX 3.60 GiB
  mmcblk2boot0: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 1 16.0 MiB
  mmcblk2boot1: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 2 16.0 MiB

 Then flash SD card eMMC image straight into the mmcblk2 device:

  dd if=/mnt/openwrt...a64-olinuxino-emmc-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk2

 It also possible to boot from boot0 partition[1]:

  1. Compile U-Boot with CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR=0x40
     otherwise the U-Boot will get stuck in bootloop
  2. Configure eMMC to boot from boot0 partition inside U-Boot:

     mmc bootbus 1 1 0 0; mmc partconf 1 1 1 0

  3. echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblk2boot0/force_ro
  4. Write U-Boot from offset 0 (not offset 8k as with SD card) into
     boot0 partition

     dd if=u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin of=/dev/mmcblk2boot0

Known issues:

 Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.

1. https://linux-sunxi.org/index.php?title=Bootable_eMMC

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
c31954f1cf sunxi: a53: add support for Olimex A64-Olinuxino
Specifications:

 SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
 RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
 Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
 MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
 Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
 Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
 Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
                        Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
                        (only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)

Flashing instructions:

 Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy image to SD card,
 insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot.

Known issues:

 Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
5217aa78f1 sunxi: a53: image: make it DRY
Replace same copy&pasted lines with the appropriate reusable bits.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
aeb6941773 bcm27xx: 5.4: add support for Sensirion SPS30 in i2c-sensor overlay
Add support for Sensirion SPS30 particulate matter sensor with fixed
address 0x69.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-28 13:03:02 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
92616c4227 ath79: rename Mikrotik RB 922UAGS-5HPacD mtd partition
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.

This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-27 17:12:46 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
9a122df07e ath79: fix Mikrotik wAP G-5HacT2HnD mtd partitions
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.

This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.

This commit fixes the previous support files and implements the nested
RouterBoot partition scheme as already used by ramips-based SPI-NOR
RouterBOARD DTSes, as previously reviewed and implemented in
bbe2cf657c ("ramips: fix RBM11G partitioning").

Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-27 17:12:46 +01:00
Alberto Bursi
43105f24eb kirkwood: fix DTS partitions for Pogoplug E02
The Pogoplug E02 was not using the correct partitions
in device tree, but used the ones from upstream and
thus could not boot OpenWrt images.

In contrast, uboot-kirkwood is using the correct
partitions since d3fc4fbd74 ("uboot-kirkwood: re-add
Pogoplug E02 support").

This patch corrects the partitions in DTS for kernels
4.14, 4.19 and 5.4.

Fixes: 2b0fa00da8 ("kirkwood: add Pogoplug E02 Kernel support")

Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message facelift, refresh 4.14 patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-27 17:12:46 +01:00
John Crispin
3a8dbcf5c2 mediatke: add support for elecom-wrc-2533gent
This commit adds support for the MT7622-based Elecom WRC-2533gent router,
with spi-nand storage and 512MB RAM.

The device has the following specifications:

* MT7622 (arm64 dual-core)
* 512MB RAM (DDR3)
* 4GB storage (spi-nand)
* 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (RTL8337C switch)
* 1x UART header
* 1x USB 3.0 port
* 5x LEDs
* 1x reset button
* 1x WPS button
* 1x slider switch
* 1x DC jack for main power (12V)

The following has been tested and is working:
* Ethernet switch
* 2.4g and 5g wifi
* USB 3.0 port
* sysupgrade
* buttons/leds

Not working:
* bluetooth firmware does not load even though it is present int he rootfs

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-27 16:18:57 +01:00
John Crispin
d3f058db1c mediatek: more v5.4 mtd fixes
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-27 16:18:57 +01:00
Jan Alexander
d394c354ee ar71xx: use status led for GL.iNet GL-AR750S
Use power led for device status.

The status led behavior has already been fixed in af28d8a539
("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-AR750S") when porting the
device to ath79. This fixes it for ar71xx as well.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-26 19:14:25 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
385f4868bc ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA860RE v1
This ports support for the TL-WA860RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.

Specifications:
  Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
  Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
  CPU: 535 MHz
  WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
  Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
  Two external antennas

Flashing instructions:
  Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.

Recovery:
  Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
  other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
  require recovery beyond failsafe.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Sebastian Knapp <sebastian4842@outlook.com>
2020-03-26 19:14:15 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
676ca94c3c ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WDR4310 v1
This device seems to be identical to the TL-WDR4300, just with
different release date/region and TPLINK_HWID.

Support is added based on the ar71xx implementation.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-26 15:05:49 +01:00
Paul Spooren
6f01d3334e x86/geode: fixup FEATURE inheritance
In the geode subtarget all default x86 features were overwritten via :=
instead of extending them via +=.

This patch fixes the inheritance and thereby the compilation of
x86/geode target.

Compile tested x86/geode.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-23 18:56:26 +00:00
Paul Spooren
3f3a754c68 x86/geode: add missing include after rebase
The x86 image generation was refacted via cb007a7bf6 and accidently not
included `geode.mk` when selected as subtarget.

Now the file is included and image compilation for x86/geode works
again.

Thanks to Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net> for reporting the
problem and suggesting a patch!

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-23 10:42:53 +00:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
340fc3a1c6 bcm27xx: refresh linux 5.4 configs
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-23 09:14:36 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
6c9b5d6972 bcm27xx: sync 5.4 patches with RPi Foundation
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-23 08:48:08 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
8a92ae8e4b apm821xx: switch to 5.4 kernel
This patch switches the APM821XX target to the linux kernel 5.4 variant.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-22 23:02:09 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
3509d4ec56 apm821xx: wndr4700: add preliminary drivetemp sensor
This patch prepares the WNDR4700 to use the HDD sensor for
the thermal zone. While the kernel's thermal.txt device-tree
binding documentation files talks about supporting multiple
sensors for a zone. This sadly is NOT the case. Even the most
current upstream kernels (5.6-rc) supports just >one< sensor
per zone: (driver/base/of-thermal.c:886)
| * REVIST: for now, the thermal framework supports only
| * one sensor per thermal zone. Thus, we are considering
| * only the first two values as slope and offset.

I do hope that this warning will prevent others wasteing time
on trying to figure out why their multi-sensor thermal-zones
definitions are not working as specified.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-22 23:02:09 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
01fe7a2b64 apm821xx: add drivetemp sensor for the WD MyBook Series
This patch adds the hwmon-drivetemp to the device.
It also adds device-tree bindings. This can be useful to
automate external fans which can be controlled for example
by either an unused sata-port or by the usb-power regulator.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-22 23:02:09 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
0409fe64cf x86: geode/legacy: fix missing watchdog core dependencies
This patch follows the other patches that added the watchdog
core to various (armvirt, malta, ath79, ...) targets that
have been hit by the following build error:

Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko

In theory, we could have just added the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
to the Kconfig variable of kmod-hwmon-sch5627's package definition.
This would have forced the watchdog core to be builtin and less
architectures would need to be updated. But we might as well follow
through here.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-22 23:02:09 +01:00
David Bauer
f1f8700d54 ath79: fix missing return statement in ar934x_nand
The reset assert and deassert methods currently miss
a return value, leading to a compilation warning.

Return the return-value of reset_control_assert and
reset_control_deassert to fix these warnings.

Suggested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-22 20:09:44 +01:00
David Bauer
94c0926106 ath79: fix NAND driver compilation for kernel 5.4
This fixes the compilation of the AR934x NAND controller
driver for kernel 5.4 while leaving it untouched for
kernel 4.19.

This change is currently not run-tested, as i do not have such
a device at hand.

CC: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
CC: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
CC: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
2020-03-22 20:03:18 +01:00
Daniel Golle
9e5a25846f oxnas: yet another irqchip related patch
This time DTS fix, again from Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
  ARM: dts: oxnas: Fix clear-mask property

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-22 13:37:37 +00:00
David Bauer
280868e54d ath79: align Ubiquiti AC Pro ethernet map to factory
The Uniquiti AC Pro and Ubiquiti AC Mesh Pro currently have the
"Primary" and "Secondary" ethernet ports configured to offer LAN as well
as WAN. However, Uiquiti describes the following behavior for the
devices Ethernet ports:

 > Secondary UniFi Access Point (UAP) Ethernet ports don't
 > provide PoE passthrough (to run current to a second powered
 > device), but they do support data passthrough.
 > It serves as a bridged interface between main / secondary
 > Ethernet port.

To reduce confusion for users (as LAN and WAN functionality is not
visible on the device itself), configure both ports to offer LAN
functionality. Users can still configure a WAN interface on a port they
are able to choose.

CC: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Florian Klink <flokli@flokli.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-22 02:08:02 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
1775d50bde ath79: add support for Ubiquiti NanoBridge M (XM)
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti NanoBridge M (XM), a
802.11n wireless with a feed+dish form factor, with the same board
definition as the Bullet M (XM).

Specifications:
 - Atheros AR7241 SoC
 - 32 MB RAM
 - 8 MB SPI flash
 - 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port, 24 Vdc PoE-in
 - Power and LAN green LEDs
 - 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
 - UART (115200 8N1)

Flashing via stock GUI:
 - WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
   device! Read the wiki for more info.
 - Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
 - Upload the factory image via AirOS web GUI.

Flashing via TFTP:
 - WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
   device! Read the wiki for more info.
 - Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
 - Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, slotted screwdriver) to keep the
   reset button pressed.
 - Power on the device (keep reset button pressed).
 - Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
   LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
 - Release reset button.
 - The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20.
 - Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24).
 - Upload via tftp the factory image:
    $ tftp 192.168.1.20
    tftp> bin
    tftp> trace
    tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanobridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, fix includes in DTS, add label MAC address, add SOC and
fix sorting in generic-ubnt.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-22 00:54:44 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
8abefc8896 bcm53xx: sysupgrade: optimize building UBI image
Use "truncate" to adjust size of existing file instead of "dd" which
required creating a copy. This saves space on tmpfs. It may be as low
as 2.1 MiB when using OpenWrt default user space and way more (20+ MiB)
when flashing vendor firmware.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-21 22:31:35 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
3f14f034fb treewide: omit IMAGE_SIZE argument from check-size
Now that check-size uses IMAGE_SIZE by default, we can skip the argument from
image recipes to reduce redundancy.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-21 20:02:55 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
5b392c7119 treewide: gather DEVICE_VARS into one place
Place DEVICE_VARS assignments at the top of the file or above Device/Default
to make them easier to find.

For ramips, remove redundant values already present in parent file.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-21 19:55:12 +01:00
Russell Senior
d5812478ad ath79: add support for ubnt_bullet-m-ar7240 variant
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Bullet M (AR7240).

Specifications:
- AR7240 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB

Flashing via WebUI:
  Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.

  Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
  an incompatible partition table!

  Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
  Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.

Flashing via TFTP:
  Same procedure as other Ubiquiti M boards.

- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
  button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
  LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
  $ tftp 192.168.1.20
  tftp> bin
  tftp> trace
  tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_bullet-m-ar7240-squashfs-factory.bin

The "fixed-link" section of the device tree is needed to avoid errors like this:

  Generic PHY mdio.0:1f:04: Master/Slave resolution failed, maybe conflicting manual settings?

With "fixed-link", the errors go away and eth0 comes up reliably.

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-21 19:22:21 +01:00
Linus Walleij
349ad62341 gemini: Bump kernel to v5.4
The v5.4 kernel already works much better than v4.19
as so many things got upstreamed so let's just bump
it to kernel v5.4.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2020-03-21 18:17:04 +01:00
Linus Walleij
7fc155fd41 gemini: Add kernel config for kernel v5.4
This adds a kernel config file for the v5.4 gemini
kernel.

No major changes compared to v4.19, mainly
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_OF_GEMINI was renamed to
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_GEMINI.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[select UNWINDER_ARM, set CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_OVERALLOC, drop
dropped 4.19 symbols, kernel config refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 18:16:49 +01:00
Linus Walleij
ea2d284082 gemini: Add v5.4 kernel patches
This adds the kernel patches needed for the Gemini.
Just 7 patches, 5 of them are already upstream.

Notably we incorperate the temperature sensor on the
hard drive to drive temperature control of the NAS
chassis. This is required for the DIR-685 which has
no external temperature sensor.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[use the drivetemp package over the backport]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 17:50:43 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
711bd33cd1 kernel: 5.4: disable more symbols
These have been discovered by the gemini 5.4 patches.
This is because one of the devices uses the FBDEV emulation.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 17:50:43 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
d107aaa910 kernel: backport and package drivetemp hwmon from v5.5
This patch backports the hwmon drivetemp sensor module from vanilla
linux 5.5 to be available on OpenWrt's 5.4 kernel.

Extract from The upstream commit by Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>:
hwmon: Driver for disk and solid state drives with temperature sensors

"Reading the temperature of ATA drives has been supported for years
by userspace tools such as smarttools or hddtemp. The downside of
such tools is that they need to run with super-user privilege, that
the temperatures are not reported by standard tools such as 'sensors'
or 'libsensors', and that drive temperatures are not available for use
in the kernel's thermal subsystem.

This driver solves this problem by adding support for reading the
temperature of ATA drives from the kernel using the hwmon API and
by adding a temperature zone for each drive.

With this driver, the hard disk temperature can be read [...]
using sysfs:

$ grep . /sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/{name,temp1_input}
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/name:drivetemp
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/temp1_input:23000

If the drive supports SCT transport and reports temperature limits,
those are reported as well.

drivetemp-scsi-0-0
Adapter: SCSI adapter
temp1:        +27.0<C2><B0>C (low  =  +0.0<C2><B0>C, high = +60.0<C2><B0>C)
                             (crit low = -41.0<C2><B0>C, crit = +85.0<C2><B0>C)
                             (lowest = +23.0<C2><B0>C, highest = +34.0<C2><B0>C)

The driver attempts to use SCT Command Transport to read the drive
temperature. If the SCT Command Transport feature set is not available,
or if it does not report the drive temperature, drive temperatures may
be readable through SMART attributes. Since SMART attributes are not well
defined, this method is only used as fallback mechanism."

This patch incorperates a patch made by Linus Walleij:
820-libata-Assign-OF-node-to-the-SCSI-device.patch
This patch is necessary in order to wire-up the drivetemp
sensor into the device tree's thermal-zones.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 17:48:34 +01:00
Daniel Golle
19af00850f oxnas: backport another fix for irqchip
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> submitted another patch fixing an error
on reboot:
  irqchip/versatile-fpga: Apply clear-mask earlier

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-21 14:26:26 +00:00
Paul Spooren
30a2488290 x86: allow non gzipped images
The previous image generation code would always gzipped images.

This patch changes the behaviour and only compresses images when
selected in menuconfig.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-21 10:36:00 +00:00
Paul Spooren
33cc7e763b x86: use qemu-image command from image-commands.mk
The `qemu-image` command converts images to the specified type and
reduces redundant code.

Adaption from Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu> work[0].

[0]: https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/staging/lynxis.git;a=blob;f=target/linux/x86/image/Makefile;h=83b8140b7aefbe708fd09c9c61827e7e39bda8b4;hb=416cccf398e9589e3de386e05b61b1c46cace20d#l51

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-21 10:36:00 +00:00
Paul Spooren
b2207e267b x86: remove obsolete legacy profiles
Rely on device profiles instead for packages selection.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-21 10:36:00 +00:00
Paul Spooren
cb007a7bf6 x86: switch image generation to new code
This commit introduces few related changes which need to be done in
single commit to keep images buildable between git revisions. In result
it retains all previous image creation possibilities with slight name
change of generated images. Brief summary of the commit:

* Split up image generation recipe to smaller chunks to make it more
  generic and reusable.

* Make iso images x86 specific and drop their definition as root
  filesystem.

* Convert image creation process to generic code specified in image.mk.

* Make geode subtarget inherit features from the main target instead of
  redefining them.

* For subtargets create device definitions with basic packages set.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-21 10:36:00 +00:00
Paul Spooren
5a5df62d95 x86/grub2: move grub2 image creation to package
Let the grub2 package take care of creating installable grub2 images,
this will allow creating grub2 images without first calling x86 image
generation recipe. Also as side effect, since those images are now
shared, it'll reduce the number of calling grub-mkimage.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-03-21 10:36:00 +00:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
e6e1e12dc3 kernel: connmark set-dscpmark fix build on 5.4
Fix header change that was done for kernel but 4.19 got missed for 5.4.

Solves nasty errors like:

8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_CONNMARK.h:5,
                from connmark_listener.c:30:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:23:2: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_VALUE' is not an integer constant
 XT_CONNMARK_VALUE = BIT(0),
 ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:25:1: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_DSCP' is not an integer constant
};

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-03-21 09:51:40 +00:00
Chuanhong Guo
ed7751f968 mediatek: move mt76 and wpad-bacic to mt7622 subtarget
mt76 is a target default package for mt7622-wmac only.
mt7623 doesn't have integrated wireless support and wifi drivers for
pcie cards should be added as device specific package.
mt7629-wmac isn't supported by mt76 yet.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
b7fe92b915 mediatek: mt7629: fix firmware partition
rename "kernel" partition in upstream dts to "firmware" and add
denx,fit as compatible string for mtdsplit.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
2d2e9d2956 mediatek: backport spi-mem based mtk spinor driver
This new driver has full quadspi and DMA support, providing way better
reading performance.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
a73ee0fe35 mediatek: mt7629: refresh config for linux 5.4
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
1bbb8807fa mediatek: mt7629: fix ethernet default config
1. fix typo: ucidef_set_interfaces_wan -> ucidef_set_interface_wan
2. change board name to mt7629-rfb to match upstream dts

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Serge Vasilugin
9801d61c4a kernel: rtl8367b: add configuration for extif2
Both rtl8367b and rtl8367s have two extended interface
rtl8367rb: 5 port + 2*RGMII/MII
rtl8367s:  5 port + SGMII/HSGMI + RGMII/MII
(?)rtl8367sb:  5 port + 2*RGMII/MII
These interfaces correspond to EXT1 and EXT2 (ports 6 and 7 respectivly).

This patch allow to configure EXT2 in dts-file:

	rtl8367rb {
		compatible = "realtek,rtl8367b";
		cpu_port = <7>;
		realtek,extif2 = <1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2>;
		mii-bus = <&mdio0>;
		phy_id = <29>;
	};

Signed-off-by: Serge Vasilugin <vasilugin@yandex.ru>
[fix indent, replace magic value, alter commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
c0bc706c31 generic: rtl8367b: add definition of debug reg
This commit adds definition of DEBUG0 and DEBUG1 registers and replace
magic values with proper register modifying.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 12:58:29 +08:00
Daniel Golle
67b04e767a oxnas: backport patch fixing hang after reboot
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> posted a patch fixing the long-standing
reboot problem on the OXNAS OX820 platform:
  irqchip/versatile-fpga: Handle chained IRQs properly

It got queued for 5.7. Import it to oxnas target patches for now.

Fixes: b4917fa907 ("oxnas: fix oxnas-rps-timer dt-match")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-19 22:48:23 +00:00
Davide Fioravanti
213250b56b ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer D7/D7b v1
TP-Link Archer D7 v1 is a dual-band AC1750 router + modem.
The router section is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
The "DSL" section is based on BCM6318 but it's currently not supported.

The Archer D7b seems to differ from the Archer D7 only in the
partition table.

Router section - Specification:

775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 2x button
UART header on PCB

Known issues:

- Broadband LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- Internet LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- WIFI LED (working only for one interface at a time, while in the
  OEM firmware works for both wifi interfaces; thus, this patch does
  not set a trigger by default)
- DSL not working (eth0)

UART connection
---------------
J1 HEADER (Qualcomm CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX

J41 HEADER (Broadcom CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX

The following instructions require a connection to the J1 UART header
and are tested for the Archer D7 v1.
For the Archer D7b v1, names should be changed accordingly.

Flash instructions under U-Boot, using UART
------------------------------------------
 1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
 2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
 3. Issue below commands:
	tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
	erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
	cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
	reset

Initramfs instructions under U-Boot for testing, using UART
----------------------------------------------------------
 1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
 2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
 3. Issue below commands:
	tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-initramfs-kernel.bin
	bootm 0x81000000
 4. Here you can backup the original firmware and/or flash the sysupgrade openwrt if you want

Restore the original firmware
-----------------------------
 0. Backup every partition using the OpenWrt web interface
 1. Download the OEM firmware from the TP-Link website
 2. Extract the bin file in a folder (eg. Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin)
 3. Remove the U-Boot and the Broadcom image part from the file.
    Issue the following command:
	dd if="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin" of="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod" skip=257 bs=512 count=31872
 4. Double check the .mod file size. It must be 16318464 bytes.
 5. Flash it using the OpenWrt web interface. Force the update if needed.
    WARNING: Remember to NOT keep settings.

 5b. (Alternative to 5.) Flash it using the U-Boot and UART connection.
     Issue below commands in the U-Boot:
	tftpboot 0x81000000 Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod
	erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
	cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
	reset

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[cosmetic DTS changes, remove TPLINK_HWREVADD := 0, do not use two
phyXtpt at once, add missing buttons, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-18 14:25:38 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
646d95c374 ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer C60 v3
TP-Link Archer C60 v3 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.

It seems to be identical to the v2 revision, except that
it lacks a WPS LED and has different GPIO for amber WAN LED.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.

Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
   directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
   be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery

While TFTP works for OpenWrt images, my device didn't accept the
only available official firmware "Archer C60(EU)_V3.0_190115.bin".

In contrast to earlier revisions (v2), the v3 contains the (same)
MAC address twice, once in 0x1fa08 and again in 0x1fb08.
While the partition-table on the device refers to the latter, the
firmware image contains a different partition-table for that region:

name           device            firmware
factory-boot   0x00000-0x1fb00   0x00000-0x1fa00
default-mac    0x1fb00-0x1fd00   0x1fa00-0x1fc00
pin            0x1fd00-0x1fe00   0x1fc00-0x1fd00
product-info   0x1fe00-0x1ff00   0x1fd00-0x1ff00
device-id      0x1ff00-0x20000   0x1ff00-0x20000

While the MAC address is present twice, other data like the PIN isn't,
so with the partitioning from the firmware image the PIN on the device
would actually be outside of its partition.
Consequently, the patch uses the MAC location from the device (which
is the same as for the v2).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-18 13:49:06 +01:00
Russell Senior
8cacb84041 ath79: rename ubnt_bullet-m to ubnt_bullet-m-ar7241
Since there exists another variant of the Bullet M with AR7240 SoC
under the same name, this patch introduces the SoC into the device
name to be able to distinguish these variants.

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[add commit message, adjust model in DTS, fix 02_network and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-18 13:45:57 +01:00
Russell Senior
572278d3a0 ath79: generalize ubnt_xm dtsi for ar7240 and ar7241
* Prepare to support the AR7240 variant of ubiquiti bullet m, by
  reorganizing the related dtsi files.

* Distribute SOC variable across ubnt-xm devices.

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
2020-03-18 13:45:57 +01:00
Bjørn Mork
dabe8471fc bcm27xx: enable THERMAL_WRITABLE_TRIPS on bcm2710 and bcm2711
The PoE hat supported on the RPi 3B+ and 4B comes with a rather
loud fan, tripped in two steps by the brcmstb_thermal
thermal_zone driver.  Enabling writable trip points allow
users to adjust the fan trip points according to their
preferred temp/noise ratio.

This setting is enabled on most other targets with similar
thermal_zone controlled cooling devices.

Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
2020-03-18 12:19:13 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
132ff90f1d ramips: do not add metadata to factory images
The image metadata are openwrt specific and not required for factory
images.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-17 22:17:59 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
b66af9ac2d lantiq: kernel 5.4: enable JFFS2
We do not build images with a jffs2 rootfs, but jffs2 is still used as
filesystem for the rootfs_data.

Fixes: e3eaf57808 ("lantiq: kernel 5.4: debloat kernel config")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-17 20:36:39 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a57fcd880e ath79: fix execute bit for 02_network on mikrotik subtarget
When creating the mikrotik subtarget, the execute bit on 02_network
was not set. Fix it.

Fixes: a66eee6336 ("ath79: add mikrotik subtarget")

Reported-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-17 19:24:29 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3d8be08939 ath79: get rid of BOARD_NAME for Mikrotik RouterBOARD
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_nand().

This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.

By that, BOARD_NAME is obsolete now for this device.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-17 12:05:45 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
281785d74f ar71xx: remove hard-coded folder name from Mikrotik RB upgrade
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_rb().

This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.

This should enable upgrades from ar71xx to ath79 without setting
BOARD_NAME for the latter.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-17 12:02:14 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
a66eee6336 ath79: add mikrotik subtarget
This commit creates the ath79/mikrotik subtarget in order to support
MikroTik devices based on Qualcomm Atheros MIPS SoCs.

MikroTik devices need a couple of specific features: the split MiNOR
firmware MTD format, which is not used by other devices, and the 4k
sector erase size on SPI NOR storage, which can not be added to the
ath79/generic and ath79/nand subtargets now.

Additionally, the commit moves the two MikroTik devices already in
the generic and nand subtargets to this new one.

Tested on the RB922 board and the wAP AC router.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-03-17 11:50:47 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
9e129c9d95 oxnas: enable sata on Pogoplug V3/Pro
Pogoplug V3/Pro has an interanl SATA port. To use it, DTS sata node should be
enabled, and kmod-ata-oxnas-sata package needs to be installed.

Fixes: FS#2542

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-17 17:36:34 +09:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
6e64039a87 tegra: switch to kernel 5.4
Build the latest kernel by default, since testing did not show any
regressions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
d42abe544e tegra: refresh patches and kernel config for 5.4
This commit also disables Trusted Foundations firmware support as this
feature won't be used by any device.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
86c939841c tegra: copy kernel config and patches for 5.4
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
ddc0e87fae kernel: move TEO governor to generic config
This new symbol popped up in few places. Disable it in generic config.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed merge conflict in generic/config-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Michael Heimpold
c8946a5baf mxs: fix user led for OLinuXino boards
More testing after kernel upgrade to 5.4 uncovered a regression: the user
led is not present anymore due to a pin mux "collision" in device tree.

A patch sent to upstream kernel was accepted now. Integrate this
pending fix as platform specific patch so that user led is available again.

Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Luis Araneda
c48cf5ddb3 zynq: switch to kernel 5.4
Use kernel 5.4 by default

compile-tested: all devices from target
run-tested: Digilent Zybo Z7-20

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Luis Araneda
badedbf007 zynq: refresh kernel 5.4 config
By running make kernel_oldconfig and selecting relevant options

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Luis Araneda
2cad8341da zynq: copy config from kernel 4.19 to 5.4
Refreshed kernel 4.19 config before copying the file

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2020-03-17 00:51:48 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
e3eaf57808 lantiq: kernel 5.4: debloat kernel config
The etop driver is used by all targets except xrx200.

Remove the UBIFS compression support for zlib and zstd from the xway
subtarget. The hardware is EOL for a long time and it's unlikely to ever
see a board shipped with an UBIFS using these compression methods.

Remove the JFFS2 support. Support for jjfs2 images was dropped years
ago.

It shrinks the compressed kernel up to 130 KByte.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-16 22:28:17 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
6bf179b270 lantiq: add Linux 5.4 support as testing kernel version
Switch to the mainline Lantiq PCIe PHY driver and update the vr9.dtsi
accordingly.

The Lantiq IRQ SMP support added upstream required changes to the SoC
dtsi as well.

Following changes are made to the Lantiq kernel patches:

  0005-lantiq_etop-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
  0006-MIPS-lantiq-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
    applied upstream

  0008-MIPS-lantiq-backport-old-timer-code.patch
    access_ok API update because it lost it's type (which was the first)
    parameter in upstream commit 96d4f267e40f95 ("Remove 'type' argument
    from access_ok() function")

  0024-MIPS-lantiq-autoselect-soc-rev-matching-fw.patch
    merged into 0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch

  0024-MIPS-lantiq-revert-DSA-switch-driver-PMU-clock-chang.patch
    revert upstream changes required for upstream xrx200 ethernet and
    xrx200 (DSA) switch driver but breaking our driver

  0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch
    required for our driver but dropped upstream, add former upstream
    version

  0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
    now has to use the phy_set_max_speed API instead of modifying
    phydev->supported. Also call ltq_dma_enable_irq() in
    ltq_etop_open() based on upstream commit cc973aecf0b054 ("MIPS:
    lantiq: Do not enable IRQs in dma open")

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
2020-03-16 22:28:17 +01:00
Martin Blumenstingl
3d5d56487d lantiq: linux 5.4: remove support for the linux,mtd-name OF property
This is referenced in two .dts but never actually used from userspace.
Drop support for this property because it's not used and because it
makes updating to Linux 5.4 harder (as the patch doesn't apply anymore).

Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
2020-03-16 22:28:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
005dedd348 lantiq: copy target to kernel 5.4
Duplicate kernel 4.19 config and patches for kernel 5.4.

Duplicate the devicetree source files as well, they need kernel 5.4
specific adjustments.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-16 22:28:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
095598ce00 generic: make all phy drivers kernel 5.0 compatible
It adjusts the code to upstream changes from the commit 3c1bcc8614db
("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link
 mode")

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-16 22:28:16 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0270b1995b lantiq: vgv7510kw22: fix missing wireless
For some reason pin 7 (gphy0_led1_pins) need to be set to output prior
to loading the PCI driver. Otherwise the wireless doesn't appear on the
PCI bus. Of course, it doesn't make much sense, since pin 7 is used to
drive the LAN1 led.

It can either be done by setting the pins function to GPHY or GPIO +
direction output. However, the pinctrl driver doesn't provide a way to
switch a pin to GPIO. It is done indirectly by the pinctrl driver at the
time a GPIO is requested (requesting a GPIO always resets the function
to GPIO).

Do it via pinmux driver, as it is always loaded first. Use the GPHY
function as it's the pins intended purpose for this board.

Fixes: FS#2895

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-16 22:28:16 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
9ba09653ad treewide: remove maintainer variable from targets
There is no such role as target maintainer anymore, one should always
send corresponding changes for the review and anyone from the commiters
is allowed to merge them or eventually use the hand break and NACK them.

Lets make it clear, that it is solely a community doing the maintenance
tasks.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Robert Marko
72c3997003 ipq40xx: 5.4: fix ethernet driver
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the EDMA driver to support linkmode.
Also, old get/set settings API for ethtool is also dropped so lets convert to new ksettings API while at it as it demands linkmode.

Now, gigabit works properly as well as ethtool.
Previously you would get this in ethtool:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
        Supports Wake-on: d
        Wake-on: d
        Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)

        Link detected: yes

Now, features are properly advertised:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
        Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
        Supported link modes:   10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
        Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
        Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
        Supported FEC modes: Not reported
        Advertised link modes:  10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
        Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
        Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
        Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
        Link partner advertised link modes:  10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
                                             100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
                                             1000baseT/Full
        Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
        Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
        Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
        Speed: 1000Mb/s
        Duplex: Full
        Port: Twisted Pair
        PHYAD: 4
        Transceiver: internal
        Auto-negotiation: on
        MDI-X: Unknown
        Supports Wake-on: d
        Wake-on: d
        Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)

        Link detected: yes

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Robert Marko
2b7344055b ipq40xx: 5.4: fix networking PHY driver
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the PHY driver to support linkmode.
Also, now in order for gigabit to work, PHY driver needs to advertise PHY_GBIT_FEATURES instead of PHY_BASIC_FEATURES

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
f521ef5ff3 ipq40xx: 5.4: fix of_get_mac_address obsolete usage OOPs
of_get_mac_address returns valid pointer or ERR_PTR since 5.2 via commit
d01f449c008a ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address") so the
patch fixes following OOPs on nbg6617:

 Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address ffffffed
 CPU: 1 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.4.24 #0
 PC is at edma_axi_probe+0x444/0x1114
 LR is at bus_find_device+0x88/0x9c

Where the PC can be resolved to:

 >>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x444
 0xc067be5c is in edma_axi_probe (./include/linux/string.h:378).

 >>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x43f
 0xc067be57 is in edma_axi_probe (drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/essedma/edma_axi.c:936)

Which leads to the following code fragment:

 935  mac_addr = of_get_mac_address(pnp);
 936  if (mac_addr)
 937      memcpy(edma_netdev[idx_mac]->dev_addr, mac_addr, ETH_ALEN);

Where using mac_addr=0xffffffed (-ENODEV) as source address in memcpy()
is causing the OOPs.

Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
cf74e2d4fd sunxi: add testing 5.4 kernel
Add 5.4 as testing kernel.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
7b7e8093cf sunxi: move common options from subtargets into target kconfig
These new options are common for all subtargets and can be moved into target kconfig.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
87a0c7c8ca sunxi: refresh config for all subtargets
This was done by executing these command for all subtargets:

$ time make -j9 kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
3d6d2e0ac9 sunxi: remove old symbols from 5.4 kconfig
These options only exist earlier kernel versions.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
4fbac1ebc5 sunxi: remove options that are already in generic kconfig
These options are already definied in generic 5.4 kconfig.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
af408b9798 kernel: move disabled symbols into generic kconfig
Move some disabled kconfig options found in sunxi kconfig into generic.

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
9883d5d084 sunxi: make patches apply cleanly on 5.4
These patches are already in mainline 5.4 kernel:
* 010-v5.3-drivers-ata-ahci_sunxi-Increased-SATA-AHCI-DMA-TX-RX.patch
* 101-arm64-dts-allwinner-a64-Enable-A64-timer-workaround.patch

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
f9bdacc5f6 sunxi: copy config and patches from 4.19 to 5.4
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
7d6fcfbd49 kernel: sort generic configuration
This was done by executing these commands:

$ ./scripts/kconfig.pl '+' target/linux/generic/config-4.19 /dev/null > target/linux/generic/config-4.19-new
$ mv target/linux/generic/config-4.19-new target/linux/generic/config-4.19

$ ./scripts/kconfig.pl '+' target/linux/generic/config-5.4 /dev/null > target/linux/generic/config-5.4-new
$ mv target/linux/generic/config-5.4-new target/linux/generic/config-5.4

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
2aea493d85 x86: switch to 5.4 kernel
Seems to be working fine on apu2 and QEMU, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
6fa45bcc94 imx6: switch to 5.4 kernel
Seems to be working fine, it's 99.9% upstream stuff anyway. Lets start
wider userbase testing.

Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-16 22:21:45 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
0f6d04457a bcm27xx: sync 5.4 patches with RPi Foundation
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-16 21:24:23 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
7d94d31c34 bcm27xx: switch to 5.4 kernel
Been running it for a few days on RPi0W PMS sensor node and on RPi4.
Lets start wider userbase testing.

Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-16 19:44:30 +01:00
Yanase Yuki
d97c9bae81 ipq806x: read both WG2600HP MAC addresses from flash
WG2600HP has its WLAN MAC addresses at PRODUCTDATA 0xc and 0x12, so
use them both directly.

Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[commit title/message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-16 16:53:47 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c2ddc3a0c4 ipq806x: remove useless case within default case for upgrade
The default case will catch anything left, there is no need to
explicitly add any device to it.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-16 16:53:47 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
6508766d24 kernel: make kmod-i2c-mux selected by dependent modules
Currently kmod-i2c-mux-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-mux is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.

Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-i2c-mux-pca954x

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 16:26:29 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
8adcfe289c oxnas: rework 02_network
Just like other targets do, introduce two setup functions for interfaces and
MAC addresses.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:16:39 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
9559a3304e oxnas: use dt-bindings macros for GPIO
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:16:30 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
c9512d564d oxnas: merge Pogoplug V3 DTS patches into one file
As it seeems these patches are for OpenWrt and they are not going to be merged
to mainline, let's merge them to improve maintainability.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:14:04 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
a79386222d oxnas: sort kernel configs
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:13:58 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
166b2dec9e oxnas: remove duplicate config options
Remove symbols already covered by generic and target kernel configs.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:13:37 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
d3e23fc4db oxnas: use AddDepends in modules.mk
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:13:37 +09:00
Sungbo Eo
688d41bf93 oxnas: harmonize line breaks in ox820.mk
Follow the guideline suggested in e417ff88f1 ("ramips: harmonize line breaks
in image Makefiles").

While at it, fix typos in the device title of Akitio MyCloud.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-16 17:11:56 +09:00
Mathias Kresin
f2d976f06e lantiq: move mux for pins into subnodes
The mux need to be defined in a subnode to be considered by the pinctrl
framework. These muxes aren't set as expected and might cause not
working subsystems.

Fixes: 8e7b573b7a ("lantiq: dts: assign the PCI pins to the PCI controller node")
Fixes: dcb5e52209 ("lantiq: dts: assign the STP pins to the STP GPIO controller node")
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the Ethernet controller node")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2020-03-15 21:38:05 +01:00
Robert Marko
e09a5efcdb ipq40xx: 5.4: enable NAND
Lets enable RAW NAND and Qcom NANDC drivers again in kernel 5.4.
They were dropped when 5.4 support was introduced due to upstream
changing the symbol names so refreshing was not enough.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[cut long line in commit message, enabled BCH as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-15 15:26:34 +01:00
David Bauer
f68c48f7dd ath79: fix missing watchdog core dependency for hwmon-sch5627
Fixes following error uncovered while building ath79/tiny on 5.4:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
 libraries:
 watchdog.ko

See the similar commit e546e6252b ("malta: fix missing watchdog core
dependency for hwmon-sch5627") for a detailed explanation.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-15 03:36:16 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
ee80815457 mvebu: use generic diag.sh
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> [wrt3200acm @ 5.4]
2020-03-15 01:45:44 +01:00
David Bauer
fcd247d02b ath79: add correct phy-mode for QCA9563 boards
The TP-Link RE450 as well as the UniFi AC series missed the phy-mode
property. Because of this, the incorrect MII phy-mode from the root dtsi
was used.

With Kernel 5.4, this leads to problems when used with a AR8033 PHY. The
bootloader seems to leave the fiber pages selected.

As there's not switch to copper pages happening in at803x_config_init
due to the incorrect phy-mode, the new at803x_read_status will interpret
the status of the SGMII side as the status of the copper side.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-15 00:08:14 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
b052b62efc apm821xx: 4.14: remove kernel config and patches
This patch removes the 4.14 kernel support from the apm821xx target.
The 4.19 kernel has been available and stable for a while and the 5.4
kernel support has been tested successfully on real hardware as well.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-03-14 15:17:32 +01:00
David Bauer
32726846c8 ath79: use downstream ag71xx for Kernel 5.4
The ag71xx driver from Linux 5.4 currently has various shortcomings
when used with OpenWrt compared to our downstream version.

For example, the upstream driver does not support modifying the ethernet
clock and configuring RGMII delays on the MAC side.

While we should certainly switch to the upstream driver, the amount of
necessary patches would make it cumbersome to work with. It's also
highly likely we won't be able to finish patching the upstream driver in
time for a Linux 5.4 release.

Tested on Siemens WS-AP3610.

CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-13 20:43:57 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
4caaa778f7 kernel: make kmod-i2c-core selected by dependent modules
Currently kmod-i2c-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.

Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-i2c-gpio
- kmod-i2c-gpio-custom
- kmod-i2c-mux
- kmod-i2c-ralink

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-13 15:40:43 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
4159054fbb kernel: make kmod-hwmon-core selected by dependent modules
Currently kmod-hwmon-* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.

Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-gpiofan
- kmod-hwmon-lm63
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-hwmon-lm85
- kmod-hwmon-lm90

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, adjust line wrapping]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-13 14:23:33 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
dffbe668ab layerscape: add kmod-i2c-mux to DEVICE_PACKAGES for traverse-ls1043
kmod-i2c-mux-pca954x will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-mux is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-13 14:12:19 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
6410c30dc7 ramips: add support for TOTOLINK A3
TOTOLINK A3 is a clone of ipTIME A3. The only difference is the model name.

Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
  - 2.4GHz: SoC internal
  - 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100Mbps
  - Switch: SoC internal

Installation via web interface:
1.  Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2.  Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.

Revert to stock firmware:
1.  Perform sysupgrade with stock image.

Tested on device by JasonHCH <hsuan670629@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-13 14:05:00 +01:00
Jun Su
b9f4f1f97a ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR740N v5
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR740N v5, a clone of the
v4 only with a different TPLINK_HWID. It was already supported
in ar71xx as well.

Specifications:

SOC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400MHz
Flash: 4 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WLAN: Atheros AR9330 bgn
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)

Flashing instructions:

- Flash factory image from OEM WebUI:
  openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx image:
  openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

Signed-off-by: Jun Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-13 13:53:12 +01:00
David Bauer
86fe348949 ath79: add back NAND symbols to NAND target
The NAND config symbols were removed unintentionally while adding
support for Linux 5.4.

Add the respective symbols for v4.19 as well as v5.4.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-12 20:27:36 +01:00
Tim Harvey
3666c67a54 imx6: add support for GW5907/GW5910/GW5912/GW5913
This patch adds support for GW5907/GW5910/GW5912/GW5913 IMX6 based boards
from the Gateworks Ventana Family[A]:
- backport upstream dt patches from 5.6 to 4.19 and 5.4
- add dtb's to ventana images
- add board-name and network config

A. https://www.gateworks.com/products/imx6-single-board-computer-gateworks-ventana-family

Flashing instructions for Ventana boards:

Using pre-flashed bootloader:
- Use appropriate ubi image depending on board NAND to flash via bootloader:
	openwrt-imx6-ventana-squashfs-nand.ubi - 2KiB page size
	openwrt-imx6-ventana-large-squashfs-nand.ubi - 4KiB page size
	http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/linux/ubi

Using Gateworks JTAG dongle:
- Use Gateworks mkimage_jtag script to create a JTAG image comprised of
	pre-built bootloader and ubi image:
	http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/jtag_instructions

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tim Harvey
86b59d0709 imx6: remove unnecessary wildcard from board name matching
The wildcard used in the network config matching is not necessary
given the board names returned by imx6_board_detect() in lib/imx6.sh.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
382b157275 layerscape: sysupgrade: require metadata
Require the image metadata check so no invalid image could be fed to
sysupgrade without force option.

Cc: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
295e110f87 layerscape: ls10121frdm: add sysupgrade
Instead of dangerous rewriting full chip with firmware.bin image to
update OpenWrt, add sysupgrade image. This image will be used to update
kernel and rootfs, leaving bootloader intact and making recovery
possible, without resorting to external hardware tools.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
5031fbfd22 layerscape: ls1012afrdm: introduce dynamic partitioning
Combine fixed sizes of "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions into one
partition managed by OpenWrt splitter, it will allow better management
of chip capacity and less maintenance burden when compiled kernel image
will outgrow allocated size for kernel partition. This also changes kernel
image format, since splitter only manages kernel and rootfs partitions,
the dtb needs to be updated with the kernel, so for convenience, kernel is
packed to FIT image.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
63f5268c7f layerscape: ls1012afrdm: convert image to squashfs
This commit replaces UBIFS root partition with squashfs+overlay. It's
preparation for introducing dynamic partitioning.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
fef2114b31 layerscape: ls1012afrdm: add uncompressed initramfs
Uncompressing of initramfs image fails on board with U-Boot from "QorIQ
SDK (FSL Reference Distro) 2.0".

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
3a3d998c12 layerscape: resurrect support for FRDM-LS1012A
Re-add support for NXP FRDM-LS1012A, which mimics the flash layout of the
rest boards supported by LSDK.

0x000000000000-0x000000100000 : "bl2"
0x000000100000-0x000000500000 : "fip"
0x000000500000-0x000000600000 : "u-boot-env"
0x000000600000-0x000000a00000 : "reserved-1"
0x000000a00000-0x000000d00000 : "pfe"
0x000000d00000-0x000000f00000 : "reserved-2"
0x000000f00000-0x000001000000 : "dtb"
0x000001000000-0x000002000000 : "kernel"
0x000002000000-0x000004000000 : "ubifs"

Specification
SoC: LS1012A single core 800MHz
RAM: 512 MB DDR3
Flash: 64 MB QSPI NOR
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Connectors: µUSB 3.0 OTG
            µUSB 2.0 (debugging & power input)
            2x 3.5mm jack for microphone & headphone (SGTL5000)
            Arduino Shield expansion with I2C, SPI, UART, and GPIO
            JTAG
LEDS: 3x (non-configurable)
Buttons: 1x (reset, non-configurable)

Be advised that erasing or writing 64MB flash takes some time to finish.
Do not reset the board until all operations end with success, otherwise
You'll need external tools to re-program the flash chip.

Installation
Follow the QSPI programing procedure for LS1012AFRWY board in
target/linux/layerscape/README, point 3.3.
Don't forget about updating U-Boot environment with MAC addresses of
ethernet interfaces, variable 'ethaddr' for eth0 and 'eth1addr' for eth1.

As the LSDK images do not support sysupgrade, nor do changes in this
commit, it's planed in upcoming submissions.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Tim Harvey
4ec2f33bfe kernel: 5.4: add unconfigured symbols
This patch adds a few symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the build of octeontx

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Robert Marko
d7f21940bc generic: 5.4: Add 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 5.4 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Robert Marko
3ef988caf3 generic: 4.19: Add 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 4.19 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-03-12 12:59:44 +01:00
Daniel Golle
f39230e463 oxnas: switch to kernel 5.4 and remove kernel 4.14
Run-tested 5.4 on Shuttle KD20 for some days now, everything seems
fine so far. Let's have snapshot builds based on 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-12 10:27:04 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
7f059af7a6 x86: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
5eb7b87d04 tegra: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
1a24aecd15 sunxi: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
0a2682a204 octeon: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
aae8bdbf89 mvebu: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
353cafbec6 mpc85xx: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:27 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
734534ca60 malta: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-12 09:28:23 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
988546cd13 ipq40xx: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:23 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8e6a8a08d2 imx6: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:23 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8334e04d24 gemini: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:23 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
7a6a85ce10 ath79: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-03-12 09:28:22 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
ee3b8c5b8b armvirt: Remove kernel 4.14 support
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-12 09:27:31 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
228bb84744 kernel: make kmod-ata-core selected by dependent modules
Currently kmod-ata-* will not get into images unless kmod-ata-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.

Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-ata-ahci
- kmod-ata-ahci-mtk
- kmod-ata-sunxi

While at it, use AddDepends/ata for kmod-ata-pdc202xx-old.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 19:40:03 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
95c1fce821 ipq806x: replace ${} with $()
${} and $() are exactly the same. Follow the convention of using $().

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 19:24:49 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
926f4da2b2 ipq40xx: replace ${} with $()
${} and $() are exactly the same. Follow the convention of using $().

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 19:24:37 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
aaa7950731 sunxi: remove SUNXI_UBOOT from DEVICE_VARS
All SUNXI_UBOOT usages were removed in e018c4d7ab ("uboot-sunxi: clean up,
switch to u-boot.mk"). Now drop the variable completely.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 19:22:31 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
aebe6ef308 oxnas: clean up DEVICE_VARS
DTS variable is not used in any device. Just drop it.
UBIFS_OPTS is not device-dependent here. Remove it from DEVICE_VARS.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 19:20:39 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
90daff4cf8 build: image: move IMAGE_SIZE to image.mk
IMAGE_SIZE is widely used in many targets. Declare it in the default template to
clean up redundant code. This also prevents deriving IMAGE_SIZE unintentionally
from the previously defined device.

While at it, remove duplicate KERNEL_SIZE declaration.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-11 18:25:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
14a07fa1f0 ar71xx: fix port order on TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.

Add this information to 02_network.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-11 16:09:16 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b054729899 ath79: fix port order on TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.

Add this information to 02_network.

This is the same for to-be-supported v3 of this device.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-11 16:09:16 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
cbdc919024 ar71xx: remove wrong MAC address adjustment for Archer C60 v2
The adjustment of the MAC address for Archer C60 v2 in 10_fix_wifi_mac
is broken since a "mac" partition is not set up for this device on
ar71xx. Instead, the MAC address is already patched correctly in
11-ath10k-caldata.

Remove the useless adjustment.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-11 16:09:16 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
14eb54938b ar71xx: fix swapped LAN/WAN MAC address for Archer C60 v1/v2
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:

lan   *:7b   label
wan   *:7c   label+1
2.4g  *:7b   label
5g    *:7a   label-1

Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.

This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.

Since ar71xx calculates the ath10k MAC address based on the ethernet
addresses, the number there is adjusted, too.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-11 16:09:16 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
88aead0a66 ath79: fix swapped LAN/WAN MAC address for Archer C60 v1/v2
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:

lan   *:7b   label
wan   *:7c   label+1
2.4g  *:7b   label
5g    *:7a   label-1

Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.

This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-11 16:09:16 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
f6cb82329b armvirt: fix missing watchdog core dependency for hwmon-sch5627
Fixes following error uncovered while building armvirt/64 on 5.4:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
 watchdog.ko

That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.

The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value.  Previously it was a bool.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-11 10:52:46 +01:00
Catrinel Catrinescu
3e03b7ac4a ar71xx/ath79: ew-dorin, fix the trigger level for WPS button
Because the WPS button had the wrong trigger level,
the failsafe mode was triggered quite often,
after this commit:
https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/openwrt.git;a=commit;h=27f3f493de

Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
2020-03-11 10:50:20 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
ec8e8e2ef0 kernel: backport out-of-memory fix for non-Ethernet devices
Doing up & down on non-Ethernet devices (e.g. monitor mode interface)
was consuming memory.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-11 08:40:45 +01:00
David Bauer
4c8446bf39 ramips: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi nanoHD
Hardware
--------
SoC:   MediaTek MT7621AT
WiFi:  MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
       MediaTek MT7615 ac  4T4R
Flash: 32M SPI (Macronix MX25L25635F)
RAM:   128M DDR3 (Winbond W631GG6KB)
LED:   Dome (Blue / White)
BTN:   Reset

Installation
------------

These instructions were written for firmware version v3.9.27.
Downgrade if necessary.

1. Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the devices /tmp folder
   via scp. On factory defaults, user and password is "ubnt" at
   192.168.1.20/24.

2. Write the bootselect flag. Otherwise, the device might boot from the
   wrong partition. Verify the mtd partition used in the command below
   is the one labled "bs" in /proc/mtd (as this might change in the
   future).

   > dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtd4

3. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade to the mtd partitions labled
   "kernel0" and "kernel1".

   > dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
   > dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7

4. Reboot or powercycle the device.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-10 21:54:46 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
d369d92fc7 bcm47xx: add support for kernel 5.4
Ethernet, switch, LEDs, buttons, USB, sysupgrade & LuCI were
successfully tested on BCM4706.

WARNING: Hack for BCM4710 adding BCM4710_PROTECTED_FILL_TLB() to the
local_r4k_flush_cache_sigtramp() could not be ported. That function has
been dropped in:
commit adcc81f148d7 ("MIPS: math-emu: Write-protect delay slot emulation pages")
commit 3315b6b336c8 ("MIPS: Delete unused flush_cache_sigtramp()")
it's unsure if that chipset will still work reliably.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-10 15:50:55 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
5c98041d5a bcm47xx: switch to kernel 4.19
Ethernet, switch, LEDs, buttons, USB, sysupgrade & LuCI were
successfully tested on BCM4706.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-10 15:50:55 +01:00
Leon M. George
377e8942b2 ipq40xx: add cpximg to flash Compex WPJ428 via bootloader
Generate a cpximg that is compatible with the cpximg loader in Compex' u-boot.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during power
up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept an image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board (e.g. 6A04).

The image can be pushed using tftp:
  tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-compex_wpj428-squashfs-cpximg-6a04.bin

cpximg files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images.
(add SSH key in luci for root access)

In mkmylofw_32m, the calculation of the "partition size" has been preferred
to just padding the partition as this will result in less block transfers
during flashing (while the additional complexity is bearable).

Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-10 13:44:51 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
8057b621d4 armvirt: switch to kernel 5.4
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 18:17:35 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
be23a88c1a armvirt: 5.4: kconfig sync
"make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget_platform" first, then
move common ones to platform level config

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 18:17:30 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
874a2caab4 armvirt: add config-5.4
Copied from config-4.19

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 18:11:45 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
1d03283eb2 kernel: 5.4: remove some dup config options already set in generic
This furthers 860652f4b9 ("kernel: 5.4: move some kconfig options to
generic")

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 14:45:36 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
e5ffb94dc5 malta: switch to kernel 5.4 by default
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 10:12:02 +08:00
Petr Štetiar
e546e6252b malta: fix missing watchdog core dependency for hwmon-sch5627
Fixes following error uncovered while building malta/be on 5.4:

 Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
 watchdog.ko

That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.

The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value.  Previously it was a bool

Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(drop the config-4.19 change.  reword about the cause)
2020-03-10 10:10:13 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
e11a5804fa malta: update kernel config-5.4
With malta/be selected

	make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget_platform

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 10:05:50 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
54310a3aa0 malta: add kernel 5.4 config
Copied from config-4.19

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 10:05:50 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
860652f4b9 kernel: 5.4: move some kconfig options to generic
CONFIG_64BIT_TIME=y
	CONFIG_KASAN_STACK=1
	CONFIG_UBSAN_ALIGNMENT=y
	CONFIG_UNIX_SCM=y
	CONFIG_DMA_DECLARE_COHERENT=y
	CONFIG_OF_RESERVED_MEM=y

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-10 10:05:50 +08:00
Christoph Krapp
2a18840cc7 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE210 v1
Hardware
--------

SoC:   MediaTek MT7620A
RAM:   64MB
FLASH: 8MB SPI
WLAN:  2G: MediaTek MT7620A
       5G: MediaTek MT7610EN
ETH:   1x 10/100/1000M (Atheros AR8035)
LED:   RSSI (orange/green)
       WiFi 2G (green)
       WiFi 5G (green)
       Power (green)
       System (red / green)
BTN:   Power
       Reset
       LED
       WPS

Serial
------

P1 - Tx
P2 - Rx
P3 - GND
P4 - VCC

Pin 4 is the one closest to the LAN port.

MAC overview
------------

WAN *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
2.4 *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
5   *:4e uboot 0x1fc00 +2

Installation
------------

Web interface:
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.

Serial/TFTP:
You can use initramfs for booting via RAM or flash the image directly.

Additional Notes:
If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open your device and
attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites the boot loader,
you might also brick your device.

In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot needs to be
stripped from the original firmware.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[change rssi LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-09 21:47:56 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
f9f62d43e4 kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.24
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: imx6
Runtime-tested on: imx6

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-03-09 20:43:53 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
e64564920a kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.108
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-03-09 20:43:53 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
d5a3536631 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.172
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-03-09 20:43:53 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
5cc0493c2b kernel: backport mtd partition address fix sent upstream
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-09 11:49:42 +01:00
Tim Harvey
bcb4ac2539 octeontx: add support for Linux 5.4
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[add KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-03-09 11:13:02 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
04a87fedda kernel: 5.4: backport led register fix
Fixes issues with loading trigger-sources for usbport trigger from DTS.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-03-09 00:53:50 +01:00
Robert Marko
6256ca3232 ipq40xx: add support for 8devices Habanero DVK
This patch adds support for the 8devices Habanero development board.

Specs are:
CPU: QCA IPQ4019
RAM: DDR3L 512MB
Storage: 32MB SPI-NOR and optional Parallel SLC NAND(Some boards ship with it and some without)
WLAN1: 2.4 GHz built into IPQ4019 (802.11n) 2x2
WLAN2: 5 GHz built into IPO4019 (802.11ac Wawe-2) 2x2
Ethernet: 5x Gbit LAN (QCA 8075)
USB: 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0 (Both built into IPQ4019)
MicroSD slot (Uses SD controller built into IPQ4019)
SDIO3.0/EMMC slot (Uses the same SD controller)
Mini PCI-E Gen 2.0 slot (Built into IPQ4019)
5x LEDs (4 GPIO controllable)
2x Pushbutton (1 is connected to GPIO, other to SoC reset)
LCD ZIF socket (Uses the LCD controller built into IPQ4019 which has no driver support)
1x UART 115200 rate on J18

2x breakout development headers
12V DC Jack for power
DIP switch for bootstrap configuration

Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with vendors fork of OpenWrt sysupgrade can be used.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-03-09 00:53:50 +01:00
Robert Marko
4ff6c43499 ipq40xx: add IPQ4019 SD/MMC controller support
This commit finally adds support for the built in SD/MMC controller in IPQ4019 SoC.

Controller is supported by the upstream SDHCI-MSM driver with a minor clock setting patch.
Patch is special to the IPQ4019 and cannot be upstreamed.

LDO and SDHCI node are upstreamed, and LDO node is awaiting to be accepted.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2020-03-09 00:53:50 +01:00
Daniel Golle
e99093c1ca oxnas: restore accidentally moved file
renamed:    files-4.14/phy/phy-oxnas-pcie.c -> files-4.14/drivers/phy/phy-oxnas-pcie.c

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-08 15:19:50 +01:00
Michael Heimpold
a5b06b7aa5 mxs: switch to kernel 5.4
Compiled for and run-tested on
 - I2SE Duckbill board
 - Olimex OLinuXino Maxi board

Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
0543eb1110 imx6: 5.4: add missing kernel perf monitor symbol
Add missing kernel config symbol probably some dependency uncovered by
my local perf related and enabled kernel config options.

 ARM PMU framework (ARM_PMU) [Y/n/?] y
 Freescale i.MX8 DDR perf monitor (FSL_IMX8_DDR_PMU) [N/m/y/?] (NEW)

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
156bf9980e imx6: apalis: move set_blkcnt variable into recovery script
I've added `set_blkcnt` environment variable which is needed for every
`mmc write` command as we need to always specify size in block count.

That `set_blkcnt` variable was previously present in the U-Boot's
default environment, but that needed patching U-Boot every time, so that
patch was dropped with 2020.01 version bump.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
26760c5e0d imx6: apalis: fix variables in bootscript
U-Boot 2020.01 has changed names for same variables, adjust the
bootscript accordingly. Added boot_file variable as the default value is
zImage.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
aae4d85647 kernel: add kernel module for Sensirion SPS30 PMS
Adds into 4.19 backported kernel module from 5.1 for Sensirion SPS30
particulate matter sensor, for kernel 5.4 backported dependency fix.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
ddf1832207 linux: generic: 5.4: add missing config symbols
Those symbols popped up while building imx6 with all targets enabled.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-08 15:10:55 +01:00
David Bauer
fdfca33350 Revert "kernel: rewrite run_parsers_by_type() to use add_mtd_partitions()"
This reverts commit 15a0701cdd.

It was reported that this patch breaks on some cases the JFFS2 overlay
filesystem on targets still using kernel 4.14. This includes ar71xx,
where spurious erase of the ART was reported.

Revert this commit for now. Re-adding should probaby also be done for
every currently supported kernel version.

Ref: FS#2837 FS#2862 FS#2864
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-07 22:49:55 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ab9fd528ae ath79: fix indent for wrapped lines in image/nand.mk
This applies the common indent (one tab) for the wrapped lines of
domywifi_dw33d and glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-07 20:27:16 +01:00
Daniel Golle
00b319e9be oxnas: restore accidentally modified patch for kernel 4.14
patches-4.14/340-oxnas-pcie.patch was adapted for kernel 5.4 by
accident. Revert that change to restore 4.14 builds.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-07 19:34:12 +01:00
Davide Fioravanti
dfb7a4ce5d ath79: add support for Sitecom WLR-8100
Sitecom WLR-8100 v1 002 (marketed as X8 AC1750) is a dual band wireless
router.

Specification:

- Qualcomm Atheros SoC QCA9558
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G - SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558 WMAC)
- 3T3R 5.8 Ghz (QCA9880-BR4A)
- 1x USB 3.0 (Etron EJ168A)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LEDs
- 2x GPIO buttons

Everything working.
Installation and restore procedure tested

Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Toolbox > Firmware,
4. Browse for OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
	is ready for configuration.

Restore OEM FW (Linux only)
1. Download OEM FW from website (tested with WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf)
2. Compile the FW for this router and locate the "mksenaofw" tool
	in build_dir/host/firmware-utils/bin/ inside the OpenWrt buildroot
3. Execute "mksenaofw -d WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf -o WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out" where:
	WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf is the path to the input file
		(use the downloaded file)
	WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out is the path to the output file
		(you can use the filename you want)
4. Flash the new WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out file. WARNING: Do not keep settings.

Additional notes.
The original firmware has the following button configuration:
- Press for 2s the 2.4GHz button: WPS for 2.4GHz
- Press for 2s the 5GHz button: WPS for 5GHz
- Press for 15s both 2.4GHz and 5GHz buttons: Reset
I am not able to replicate this behaviour, so I used the following configuration:
- Press the 2.4GHz button: RFKILL (disable/enable every wireless interfaces)
- Press the 5GHz button: Reset

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
2020-03-07 11:02:13 +08:00
Manuel Giganto
b2130b9ce8 ath79: add support for Devolo Magic 2 WIFI
This patch support Devolo Magic 2 WIFI, board devolo_dlan2-2400-ac.
This device is a plc wifi AC2400 router/extender with 2 Ethernet
ports, has a G.hn PLC and uses LCMP protocol from Home Grid Forum.

Hardware:
   SoC:         AR9344
   CPU:         560 MHz
   Flash:       16 MiB (W25Q128JVSIQ)
   RAM:         128 MiB DDR2
   Ethernet:    2xLAN 10/100/1000
   PLC:         88LX5152 (MaxLinear G.hn)
   PLC Flash:   W25Q32JVSSIQ
   PLC Uplink:  1Gbps MIMO
   PLC Link:    RGMII 1Gbps (WAN)
   WiFi:        Atheros AR9340 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
                Atheros AR9882-BR4A 5GHz 802.11ac
   Switch:      QCA8337, Port0:CPU, Port2:PLC, Port3:LAN1, Port4:LAN2
   Button:      3x Buttons (Reset, wifi and plc)
   LED:         3x Leds (wifi, plc white, plc red)
   GPIO Switch: 11-PLC Pairing (Active Low)
                13-PLC Enable
                21-WLAN power

MACs Details verified with the stock firmware:
   Radio1: 2.4 GHz &wmac     *:4c Art location: 0x1002
   Radio0: 5.0 GHz &pcie     *:4d Art location: 0x5006
   Ethernet        &ethernet *:4e = 2.4 GHz + 2
   PLC uplink      ---       *:4f = 2.4 GHz + 3
Label MAC address is from PLC uplink

OEM SSID: echo devolo-$(grep SerialNumber /dev/mtd1 | grep -o ...$)
OEM WiFi password: grep DlanSecurityID /dev/mtd1|tr -d -|cut -d'=' -f 2

Recommendations: Configure and link your PLC with OEM firmware
BEFORE you flash the device. PLC configuration/link should
remain in different memory and should work straight forward
after flashing.

Restrictions: PLC link detection to trigger plc red led is not
available. PLC G.hn chip is not compatible with open-plc-tools,
it uses LCMP protocol with AES-128 and requires different
software.

Notes: Pairing should be possible with gpio switch. Default
configuration will trigger wifi led with 2.4Ghz wifi traffic
and plc white led with wan traffic.

Flash instruction (TFTP):
 1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.100
 2. Download the sysupgrade image and rename it to uploadfile
 3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
 4. Turn off the router
 5. Press and hold Reset button
 6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
 7. Release the reset button and after a short time
    the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
 8. Allow 1-2 minutes for the first boot.

Signed-off-by: Manuel Giganto <mgigantoregistros@gmail.com>
2020-03-07 11:02:13 +08:00
WeiDong Jia
643cab4f31 ath79: add support for DomyWifi DW33D
This commit ports the device from ar71xx to the ath79 target and
modifies the partition layout.
1. Firmware is installed to nand flash.
2. Modify the uboot-env parameter to boot from the nand flash.
3. The kernel size is extended to 5M.
4.nor flash retains the oem firmware.

oem partition layout
dev:    size   erasesize  name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00e30000 00010000 "rootfs"
mtd3: 00170000 00010000 "kernel"
mtd4: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd5: 00f90000 00010000 "firmware"
mtd6: 06000000 00020000 "rootfs_data"
mtd7: 02000000 00020000 "backup"

new partition layout
dev:    size   erasesize  name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00fa0000 00010000 "oem-firmware"
mtd3: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd4: 00500000 00020000 "kernel"
mtd5: 05b00000 00020000 "ubi"
mtd6: 02000000 00020000 "oem-backup"

MAC address overview:
All mac addresses are stored in the art partition.
eth0: 0x0
eth1: 0x6
ath9k: 0xc
ath10k: 0x12
No valid addresses in 0x1002 and 0x5006. All addresses match the OEM
firmware.

Install from oem firmware.
Enable ssh service:
Connect to the router web, click professional, click system-startup,
and add dropbear in the local startup input box. Click
system-administration, delete ssh-key, and replace your ssh pub key.
Restart the router.
1.Upload openwrt firmware to the device
scp openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-domywifi_dw33d-\
squashfs-factory.bin root@192.168.10.1:/tmp
2.modify uboot-env.
ssh login to the device:
fw_setenv bootcmd 'nboot 0x8050000 0;bootm || bootm 0x9fe80000'
Run the fw_printenv command to check if the settings are correct.
3.Write openwrt firmware.
ssh login to the device:
mtd -r write /tmp/openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-\
domywifi_dw33d-squashfs-factory.bin /dev/mtd6
The device will restart automatically and the openwrt firmware
installation is complete.

Restore oem firmware.just erase the kernel partition and the ubi
partition.
ssh login to the device:
mtd erase /dev/mtd4
mtd -r erase /dev/mtd5
Reboot the device

Signed-off-by: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
[alter flash instruction in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-03-07 11:02:13 +08:00
Daniel Golle
5ea1b1ecd1 oxnas: add 5.4 as testing kernel version
Add 5.4 kernel version as a new testing kernel option.
Run-tested on Shuttle KD20, seems to work just as well as kernel 4.14.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-06 19:21:03 +01:00
Daniel Golle
ca6885456f ath79: re-add accidentally dropped patch to kernel 5.4
Patch 0061-tty-serial-ar933x-uart-rs485-gpio.patch wasn't included
when adding support for kernel 5.4. Re-add it and refresh patches.

Fixes: 53ab9865c2 ("ath79: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-03-06 13:14:02 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a508ab1ac8 ramips: increase spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz for D-Link DIR-810L
Read times drop when increasing frequency to 25 MHz and 50 MHz,
but not in between or for further increase. So, use 50 MHz as the
lowest frequency with the fastest speed.

Test results (thanks to Roger):

The device reports a mx25l6405d flash chip. I tried all the maximum
values in the devices' datasheet (Table 10. AC CHARACTERISTICS). All of
them worked with and without "m25p,fast-read":

> 10 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    1m 33.00s
user    0m 0.01s
sys    1m 7.56s

> 25 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 34.42s
user    0m 0.02s
sys    0m 23.58s

> 25 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 34.45s
user    0m 0.02s
sys    0m 23.59s

> 33 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 34.39s
user    0m 0.00s
sys    0m 23.60s

> 33 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 34.46s
user    0m 0.01s
sys    0m 23.62s

> 50 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.81s
user    0m 0.01s
sys    0m 18.25s

> 50 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.84s
user    0m 0.00s
sys    0m 18.25s

> 66 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.80s
user    0m 0.01s
sys    0m 18.23s

> 66 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.80s
user    0m 0.02s
sys    0m 18.23s

> 86 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.84s
user    0m 0.01s
sys    0m 18.24s

> 86 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real    0m 26.80s
user    0m 0.02s
sys    0m 18.23s

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-03-05 12:53:50 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
938bc57a45 ramips: fix and tidy up DTS for D-Link DIR-810L
This patch addresses several issues for D-Link DIR-810L:

- add correct button codes
- harmonize button node names
- use generic flash@0
- remove unused pin groups from state_default
- improve sorting of properties

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-03-05 12:53:35 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6b7a525a72 ramips: fix partition offset for D-Link DIR-810L
The Jffs2 partition for the D-Link DIR-810L is currently off by
0x10000. Apply the correct offset based on the other partitions'
size/offset and the information about stock OS from the Wiki.

This is just based on the named information and _not_ verified
on device.

Fixes: 36e3424fa5 ("ramips: add support for dir810l and asus rp-n53")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-03-05 12:53:23 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
bdd4153b0e ipq806x: add newline at the end of qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi
The file does not have a newline at the end. Add it to apply to
common style.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-05 12:53:14 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
74cbc44086 ipq40xx: fix support of EnGenius EAP2200
This fixes a typo in the device string for MAC address setup in
02_network and corrects the indent in the device's DTS files.

While at it, move the aliases section before the keys section to
have it closer to the top of the file.

Fixes: a736d912e2 ("ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EAP2200")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-05 12:53:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6e80df5e33 ramips: add support for NETGEAR R6700v2/AC2400
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 256M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N an+ac
MediaTek MT7615N bgn
ETH: MediaTek MT7621AT
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS), 1x WLAN, 1x Reset
LED: Power (white/amber), WAN(white/amber), 2.4G(white), 5G(white),
USB(white) , GuestWifi(white) 4x LAN(white/amber), Wifi Button(white),
WPS Button(white)

Installation:

Login to netgear webinterface and flash factory.img

Based on a discontinued GitHub Pull Request by
kuyokushin <codenamezero@protonmail.com>

https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2545

NOTE: Netgear R6700 v2 have five clones: R6900 v2, R7450, Nighthawk
AC2400, Nighthawk AC2100 and already added R6800. Rest of them  should
be really easy supportable. Image for R6700v2 should work perfectly with
them. Please refer:

https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2614

Tested-by: Víctor Gibrán <victorgibranmz@hotmail.com> [R6700v2]
Tested-by: John Landrum <jl31m10@yahoo.com> [AC2400]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[add guest led to mt7621_netgear_r6700-v2.dts end edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-04 23:02:46 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
4e9317201d ramips: mt7621: add support for Netgear R6800
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6800, aka Netgear AC1900 and
R6800-100PES.

Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7615EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7615EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- USB 2.0
- USB 3.0
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600

Known issues:
- Device has 3 wifi LEDs: Wifi 5Ghz, Wifi 2.4Ghz and Wifi on/off.
  Wifi on/off is not used.

Installation:
- apply factory image via stock web-gui.

Back to stock:
- nmrpflash can be used to recover to the stock Netgear firmware.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-04 23:02:46 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
633c5137df ipq806x: add 5.4 as testing kernel version
Add 5.4 kernel version as a new testing kernel option.

Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2793
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> [ipq8065, R7800]
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065, NBG6817]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[added Tested-by tags]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
a2c0b02dfa generic: add missing symbol from 5.4 config
Add missing symbol displayed with ipa806x kernel config

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
e1516df0cd ipq806x: fix broken stmmac notifier
Backport a patch in 5.6 to fix stmmac notifier
registration

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
89423f6abf ipq806x: add patch to fix broken usb3
Due to changes in syscon driver, the phy dwc3 driver
needs to use device_node_to_regmap since it has to skip
the new introduced clk check. This fix broken usb3 on this
target.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
e42aca06ab ipq806x: move mdio node to ipq8064 dts
As mdio0 is used in every dts move it to general ipq8064
dts and use label to set device specific definition.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
b921e31428 ipq806x: rework dts to use label
We should use label instead of redefine the node.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
64b2557e90 ipq806x: remove wrong compatible from timer node
This compatible definition deprecated long ago.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
4598f90a65 ipq806x: add patch to disable pretimeout on timer platform
Currently the watchdog timer is broken as it tries to
get an interrupt to setup pretimeout. Since our platform
have a different type of interrupt disable it and use
legacy watchdog probe.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
0d8098548e ipq806x: use mdio dedicated driver
Enable kernel config flag
Convert all dts to use the new mdio driver

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
92da53b12d ipq806x: add ipq806x mdio driver
This was created by Chunkeey some time ago. Since mdio driver
works or doesn't work and since this was tested by me for 1 year,
include it to remove the use of the generic bitbang gpio driver for
switch driver.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
9040d7403a ipq806x: update config for kernel 5.4
Adds new symbol and update flag with new kernel names.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
efc5be2ecf ipq806x: fix tsens driver
Rework tsens driver.
Since in the new kernel 5.4 init common do more than it
should, inizialize the kernel memory directly in the driver and
drop use of this function. Rework all the patch with the new
variable names.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
c692d896eb ipq806x: rework L2 cache patch
Rework l2 scaling patch to fix some compile warning
and to imporve the caling timings by removing call to unnecessary
function.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
583111c124 ipq806x: update nvmem cpufreq driver
Rework the nvmem cpufreq driver to reflect changed in
kernel 5.4

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
eaceb85ebc ipq806x: drop upstream patch
This patchset has been merged upstream.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
71eb7b057b ipq806x: refresh patches for kernel 5.4
Refresh patches and minor changes for new kernel support

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
68b526e0a4 ipq806x: correct wrong node in r7800 dts
A mux node was missing in the gpio node of the r7800 dts.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
d4c95b5d5c ipq806x: use correct definition for nand-controller node
From kernel Documentation this should be called nand-controller

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
851862cf80 ipq806x: include ipq806x-v1.0 dtsi
Since this dtsi now have wrong definition in the upstream version,
include it to overwrite and remove any problem.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
57ea767a53 ipq806x: remove skeleton definition
This was already deprecated. With kernel 5.4 it has been removed.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
9a1ec4d3f4 ipq806x: copy files to kernel 5.4
Copy files to kernel 5.4 to start porting.

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
8438ad26d9 kirkwood: switch kernel version to 5.4
5.4 support is ready and tested.

Compile tested: all target devices
Run tested: pogoplug v4, nsa310b and two unofficial supported devices

Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it> [pogoplug v4 and nsa310b]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed the switch, removed maintainer variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
61b4018763 kirkwood: fix switch dts node in EA4500 and EA3500
Changes made in switch nodes in d42c9ce commit causes problem with
correct mvsw61xx detection. This commit undo that changes.

mvsw61xx is platform driver, so it need to be in main root of dts.

Fixes: d42c9ce326 ("kirkwood: add kernel 4.19 support")

Tested-by: Marcin Fedan <mfedan@gmail.com> [EA4500]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
45e47a9cd7 kirkwood: initial refresh of 5.4 patches
Refreshed all patches.
Changed:
105-ea4500.patch-> Upstream DSA driver was updated. Patch was fixed
202-linksys-find-active-root.patch -> Upstream driver was moved. Patch
was fixed

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
43a1767afb kirkwood: initial refresh 5.4 config
Refreshed kernel config with updated NAND config.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
7a3a99c8a6 kirkwood: copy files and config from 4.19 to 5.4
This commit is simple copy config, files and patches from 4.19 to 5.4
kernel. No changes was done.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:38:23 +01:00
Alan Swanson
401023ae51 mediatek: update uci-defaults for renamed smp packet steering option
Leave as enabled by default for mediatek. Also remove obsolete
settings from when packet steering was moved from netifd to a
simplified hotplug script.

Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
2020-03-03 22:43:09 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
d83150e3fb ramips: mt7530: more detailed output for unexpected etag_ctrl
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:06:00 +08:00
Yousong Zhou
2408f2f08f ramips: mt7530: remove redundant global attrs for port mirroring
Global attributes enable_mirror_tx/enable_mirror_rx depend on runtime
value of another global attribute mirror_source_port which just resides
in the memory

The same functionality can be achieved by directly setting port
attribute of the same names.  E.g. the following two groups of commands
achieve the same thing

	swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 3
	swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1
	swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 4
	swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1

	swconfig dev switch0 port 3 set enable_mirror_tx 1
	swconfig dev switch0 port 4 set enable_mirror_tx 1

Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2020-03-03 23:06:00 +08:00
Rafał Miłecki
0493d57e04 bcm53xx: fix ASUS firmwares to use vendor format
Image building process was missing "asus-trx" step which resulted in raw
TRX files (without ASUS footer with device id).

Fixes: 0b9de8daa7 ("bcm53xx: add profiles for all other (SoftMAC) devices")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-03-02 22:06:02 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
364739a491 kernel: x86_64: drop CALGARY IOMMU on 5.4
It's snuck back in on kernel 5.4 configs, so drop it there too.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-03-02 11:42:31 +00:00
Petr Štetiar
ef3c71464a ramips: mt7620: disable images for Netgear 2700
Because openwrt-ramips-mt7620-netgear_ex2700-squashfs-factory.bin is too big.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-02 08:44:02 +01:00
David Bauer
4349d4c682 ar71xx: add missing LED migration for Archer C7
When changing the LED names for the Archer C7 to represent the correct
color, a migration for existing UCI entries was not created.

Add a migration to keep existing LED configurations working.

Fixes commit c79c001b59 ("ar71xx: Archer C7 v1 LED names and RFKILL
fixes")

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-01 23:39:27 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
b9c1cf1657 x86: add preinit hook for bootloader upgrade
This commit fills the void for current OpenWrt installations which will
be still on old bootloader version even after "x86: add bootloader
upgrade on sysupgrade", since it performs bootloader upgrade only on
sysupgrade. To keep all OpenWrt deploynents on the same GRUB version,
add preinit hook, which will perform upgrade of the bootloader on first
boot after sysupgrade.

It's temporary solution and should be deleted, when the first release
including this hook will no longer be supported by OpenWrt team.
We can assume that all installations should be on current bootolader
version and from there sysupgrade routine will be sufficient.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
b322243d2f x86: add bootloader upgrade on sysupgrade
Currently bootloader always stays on the same version as when first
written to boot medium (not true if partition layout changed, which will
trigger sysupgrade process to write full disk image). That creates
inconveniences as it always stays with same features or/and bugs. Users
wishing to add support to additional modules or new version, would need
to write the whole image, potentially destroying previous system
configuration. To fix these, this commit adds additional routine to
sysupgrade which upgrades unconditionally the bootloader to the latest
state provided by OpenWrt.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
48873ace4e x86: image: cleanup before creating image
There can be some leftovers from other image recipes, if the same
directory names are used and multiply image types are selected.
Therefore remove directories used in the recipe, before contents for the
image are prepared.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tim Harvey
b246a0f2ff imx6: 5.4: dts: backport lsm9ds1 imu support for GW553x
Add one node for the accel/gyro i2c device and another for the separate
magnetometer device in the lsm9ds1.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[commit subject/description tweaks, kernel version in patch filename]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tim Harvey
4c3c1f2dc7 kernel: 5.4: backport fxos8700 accel support from 5.5
Backport kernel module from 5.5 for FXOS8700CQ, which is a small,
low-power, 3-axis linear accelerometer and 3-axis magnetometer combined
into a single package. The device features a selectable I2C or
point-to-point SPI serial interface with 14-bit accelerometer and 16-bit
magnetometer ADC resolution along with smart-embedded functions.

Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[added commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
66f80020f9 mvebu: uDPU: drop patch compiling dtb
If device recipe has specified DEVICE_DTS variable, the dtb is built
anyway by OpenWrt buildroot image rules. Drop the patch and adjust the
location of compiled dtb.

Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
a51b4ec94d mvebu: image: rework uDPU-firmware recipe
Tar has ability to change current dir, so use that instead additional
command invocation. Also being here, change tar arguments to make final
archive reproducible.

Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
39d22554f3 mvebu: uDPU: clean package selection
This device receipe selects bunch of packages which some are re-defined,
unnecessary or irrelevant. Clean them up, so only basic functionality
persist.

Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
97491078f4 mvebu: image: keep global DTS_DIR intact
Don't rewrite global DTS_DIR, instead, use proper variable for
specifying devices dts directory. For consistency, also specify the
variable in default profile, as suggested by Adrian Schmutzler.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
David Bauer
1d4f2ca610 ar71xx: correct AVM FRITZ Repeater 450E WPS button flag
The AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E's WPS button is not active low.

Correct the active low flag to avoid unintenional activation of
failsafe mode on boot.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-01 18:40:31 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
854114800c linux-5.4: backport ARM symbol export fix
Fixes the following warning for ARM targets:
  WARNING: "return_address" [vmlinux] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-01 16:02:49 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
6f9bc70dd5 linux-5.4: backport modpost upstream patches
Fixes modpost Segmentation Fault with bcm2708 and bcm2709:
  MODPOST vmlinux.o
  Segmentation fault
  make[6]: *** [scripts/Makefile.modpost:66: __modpost] Error 139

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-01 15:52:36 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
4bde37a2dd bcm27xx: bcm2708: refresh linux 5.4 config
I missed this when adding linux 5.4 support

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-03-01 13:43:29 +01:00
David Bauer
ab27c72deb mpc85xx: disable kernel uImage generation
The previous workaround for the unsupported mkimage xz compression
leads to the TP-Link TL-WDR4900s simpleImage bootwrapper being gzip
compressed, which does not fit the kernel partition.

Removing the uImage gerneration works around this problem.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-01 00:51:23 +01:00
David Bauer
0d727f231f treewide: move commonly disabled symbols to generic config
Move new commonly disabled kernel 5.4 symbols to the generic kernel
configuration.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-01 00:51:23 +01:00
David Bauer
085b445b42 mpc85xx: add missing kernel symbols
These symbols were previously not set. Define their state to avoid
potentially breaking builds.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-03-01 00:51:23 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
1c880f2324 apm821xx: remove gpio-interrupt cruft
This hunk became obsolete the moment when our
gpio-button-hotplug learned how to deal with
interrupt-supported gpio buttons. The gpio driver
never supported interrupt handling, so these
properties never served any use (outside of a
enhanced ppc4xx-gpio driver that was dropped).

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 14:14:08 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
a1383655cf bcm27xx: add linux 5.4 support
Tested on bcm2710 (Raspberry Pi 3B).

Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 12:50:51 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
a8aa974a9d bcm27xx: update kernel configs
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:51:58 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
c56ae22db0 bcm27xx: update to latest patches from RPi foundation
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 08:28:42 +01:00
David Bauer
71f3179fc8 spi: ath79: remove spi-master setup and cleanup assignment
This removes the assignment of setup and cleanup functions for the ath79
target. Assigning the setup-method will lead to 'setup_transfer' not
being assigned in spi_bitbang_init.

Also drop the redundant cleanup assignment, as this also happens in
spi_bitbang_init.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-29 00:54:41 +01:00
David Bauer
fc161063f5 mpc85xx: move NAND symbol to target config
All mpc85xx subtargets utilize NAND, thus enable NAND support
target-wide.

Fixes: 1287bb48dc ("mpc85xx: fix build with kernel 5.4")

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-29 00:13:30 +01:00
David Bauer
1287bb48dc mpc85xx: fix build with kernel 5.4
This fixes some outstanding issues with the Kernel 5.4 build:

 * Adds missing support patch for the Enterasys WS-AP3710i
 * Fixes incorrect NAND symbols
 * Adds patch for broken image wrapping

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-28 23:32:37 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
a2ae9a07d2 apm821xx: 5.4: add important NAND symbols
This patch adds important NAND config symbols.
These are necessary as otherwise the devices
won't find the rootfs on the NAND chips.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:47:04 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
91a7c9c27d ipq40xx: 5.4: refresh patches and config
This patch just refreshes the 5.4 patches. It seems as if
070-v4.20-soc-qcom-spm-add-SCM-probe-dependency.patch is
already applied, so drop it. It also does a quick
make kernel_oldconfig to get rid of unneeded symbols.

[Looks like USB and Ethernet need some more work].

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:46:27 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e48465bdd8 kernel: 5.4: add unconfigured symbols
This patch adds a few more symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the automatic build.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:46:09 +01:00
Eneas U de Queiroz
13b8404b1e ipq40xx: qce - add fixes for AES ciphers
This backports commits from master that fix AES ciphers when using the
qce driver:

 - A couple of simple fixes for CTR and XTS modes used with AES:
   * 041-crypto-qce-fix-ctr-aes-qce-block-chunk-sizes.patch
   * 042-crypto-qce-fix-xts-aes-qce-key-sizes.patch

 - A fix for a bug that affected cases when there were more entries in
   the input sg list than necessary to actually encrypt, resulting in
   failure in gcm, where the authentication tag is present after the
   encryption data:
   * 043-crypto-qce-save-a-sg-table-slot-for-result-buf.patch

 - A fix to update the IV buffer passed to the driver from the kernel:
   * 044-crypto-qce-update-the-skcipher-IV.patch

 - A patch that reduces memory footprint and driver initialization by
   only initializing the fallback mechanism where it is actually used:
   * 046-crypto-qce-initialize-fallback-only-for-AES.patch

 - Three patches that make gcm and xts modes work with the qce driver,
   and improve performance with small blocks:
   * 047-crypto-qce-use-cryptlen-when-adding-extra-sgl.patch
   * 048-crypto-qce-use-AES-fallback-for-small-requests.patch
   * 049-crypto-qce-handle-AES-XTS-cases-that-qce-fails.patch

 - A patch that allows the hashes/ciphers to be built individually.
   * 051-crypto-qce-allow-building-only-hashes-ciphers.patch

Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumbered patches, added patches from dropped commit, refreshed, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:46:09 +01:00
Eneas U de Queiroz
ee4a0afdcd ipq40xx: use neon crypto drivers
This adds the neon based implementations of AES & SHA256.

For AES, according to the kernel config help:

Use a faster and more secure NEON based implementation of AES in CBC,
CTR and XTS modes.
Bit sliced AES gives around 45% speedup on Cortex-A15 for CTR mode
and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption speedup is
around 25%. (CBC encryption speed is not affected by this driver.)
This implementation does not rely on any lookup tables so it is
believed to be invulnerable to cache timing attacks.
...
The observed speedups on ipq40xx are more modest: speedup is around 20%
for CTR mode and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption
speedup is around 10%. Measurements were made using tcrypt, with
1024-bytes blocks for CTR & CBC, and 4096-bytes for XTS.
The aes-neon-bs driver uses a fallback for CBC encryption; that fallback
could be either the generic driver written in C, or the scalar arm-asm
one.  Even though aes-arm is 1.9% slower, it is more resilient to timing
attacks (the reason for being slower), so it is being included here.

The neon sha256 module increases performance over the generic module by
33%.

Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[Enable only ciphers for now, reorder patch in series to help bisect
as new symbols could lead to build failures, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:46:09 +01:00
Eneas U de Queiroz
26681de412 ipq40xx: qce - switch to skcipher API
This backports a commit updating the API of the QCE crypto engine to
what is used in current kerenl, easing future upstream backports.

Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumber patches, refreshed, added 5.4 patches]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:46:01 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
ce691b2abc kernel: 4.19,5.4: disable ARM CE & NEON
This patch disables the CRYPTO KERNEL SYMBOLs that are touched
by the upcoming ipq40xx patch "ipq40xx: use neon crypto drivers"
from "Eneas U de Queiroz" and more so for his follow up patches
for the  other ARM targets in this series. This should help to
prevent at least a few potential build errors on other archs.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:29:10 +01:00
Steven Lin
a736d912e2 ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EAP2200
SOC:    IPQ4019 / QCA Dakota
CPU:    Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM:   256 MiB
FLASH:  NOR 4 MiB + NAND 128 MiB
ETH:    Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072
WLAN1:  Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2:  Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
WLAN2:  Qualcomm Atheros QCA9888 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT:  WPS Button
LEDS:   Power, LAN1, LAN2, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz-1, WLAN 5GHz-2, OPMODE

1. Load Ramdisk via U-Boot

To set up the flash memory environment, do the following:
a. As a preliminary step, ensure that the board console port is connected to the PC using these RS232 parameters:
   * 115200bps
   * 8N1
b. Confirm that the PC is connected to the board using one of the Ethernet ports.
c. Set a static ip 192.168.99.8 for Ethernet that connects to board.
d. The PC must have a TFTP server launched and listening on the interface to which the board is connected.
e. At this stage power up the board and, after a few seconds, press 4 and then any key during the countdown.

U-BOOT> set serverip 192.168.99.9 && tftpboot 0x84000000 192.168.99.8:openwrt.itb && bootm

Signed-off-by: Steven Lin <steven.lin@senao.com>
[copied 4.19 dts to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 22:29:10 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
977c7f12de ipq807x: fix indent in image/Makefile
Convert space indent to tab like the rest of the file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-28 20:00:10 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
0b7ad6f7f0 kernel: 5.4 fix build on darwin
Fix typedef clash on darwin.

HOSTCC  scripts/mod/file2alias.o
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:47:3: error: typedef redefinition with different types ('struct uuid_t' vs '__darwin_uuid_t' (aka 'unsigned char [16]'))
} uuid_t;
  ^
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uuid_t.h:31:25: note: previous definition is here
typedef __darwin_uuid_t uuid_t;
                        ^
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:1305:42: error: array initializer must be an initializer list or string literal
        DEF_FIELD(symval, tee_client_device_id, uuid);
                                                ^
2 errors generated.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-02-28 17:47:58 +00:00
John Crispin
29c6ddd99e ipq807x: add very basic target support
This is still missing a lot of love but people want to start working on it
so lets give them a common baseline.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
John Crispin
272e0a702a ipq40xx: add v5.4 support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Mark-MC Lee (李明昌)
25d9df670b mediatek: add v5.4 support
Signed-off-by: Mark-MC Lee (李明昌) <Mark-MC.Lee@mediatek.com>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
John Crispin
50c6938b95 bcm53xx: add v5.4 support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
6d5291ff72 imx6: add support for kernel 5.4
Refreshed all patches.
Refreshed kernel config.

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
David Bauer
13b1db795f mpc85xx: add support for kernel 5.4
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
1e95f9b3ea ath79: Make upstream ag71xx driver work
* Fix some bugs in the driver
* Add missing clock and reset references in dts
* Rename mdio-bus to mdio so the driver find it

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
David Bauer
53ab9865c2 ath79: add support for kernel 5.4
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>

* Sync the patches with the changes done for kernel 4.19
* Use KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER
* Refresh the configuration
* Fix multiple compile bugs in the patches
* Only add own ag71xx files for kernel 4.19 and use upstream version for
  5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
e1e6ff6648 apm821xx: add linux kernel 5.4 testing support
This patch adds support for the linux kernel version 5.4
as an optional testing kernel.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
34fcdcd7c2 kernel: Remove nvmem hack patch from 5.4
The nvmem framework is now used in net/ethernet/eth.c and the nvmem
sysfs is split into a separate Kconfig option. More work would be needed
to adapt this patch for the broader use. The current patch compiles fine
on ath79, but it breaks the x86 target.

nvmem is also compiled into the kernel for most of our targets for
example ath79 anyway, so patching the kernel to remove it is now harder
and not the case on multiple targets anyway. Instead of making this work
on kernel 5.4 just remove this hack patch.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
21adbfd81f kernel: Make LIB_ARC4 selectable
This makes it possible to select CONFIG_CRYPTO_LIB_ARC4 directly. We
need this to be able to compile this into the kernel and make use of it
from mac80211 backports.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
500a02bc29 x86: Update configuration
The configuration was refreshed and KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER was set to
make it easy to compile for kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
e155fc5cb5 x86: Refresh patches on kernel 5.4
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
5af55933e0 x86: copy kernel patches from 4.19 to 5.4
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:46 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
4e0c54bc5b kernel: add support for kernel 5.4
The following patches were removed because they are integrated in the upstream kernel 5.4:
 * backport-5.4/047-v4.21-mtd-keep-original-flags-for-every-struct-mtd_info.patch
 * backport-5.4/048-v4.21-mtd-improve-calculating-partition-boundaries-when-ch.patch
 * backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0001-bcma-keep-a-direct-pointer-to-the-struct-device.patch
 * backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0002-bcma-use-dev_-printing-functions.patch
 * backport-5.4/095-Allow-class-e-address-assignment-via-ifconfig-ioctl.patch
 * backport-5.4/101-arm-cns3xxx-use-actual-size-reads-for-PCIe.patch
 * backport-5.4/200-v5.2-usb-dwc2-Set-lpm-mode-parameters-depend-on-HW-configuration.patch
 * backport-5.4/210-arm64-sve-Disentangle-uapi-asm-ptrace.h-from-uapi-as.patch
 * backport-5.4/380-v5.3-net-sched-Introduce-act_ctinfo-action.patch
 * backport-5.4/450-v5.0-mtd-spinand-winbond-Add-support-for-W25N01GV.patch
 * backport-5.4/451-v5.0-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Toshiba-TC58CVG2.patch
 * backport-5.4/452-v5.0-mtd-spinand-add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5FxGQ4xA.patch
 * backport-5.4/455-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-all-Toshiba-Memory-produ.patch
 * backport-5.4/456-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UExxG.patch
 * backport-5.4/460-v5.0-mtd-spi-nor-Add-support-for-mx25u12835f.patch
 * backport-5.4/460-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Define-macros-for-page-read-ops-with-thr.patch
 * backport-5.4/461-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-two-byte-device-IDs.patch
 * backport-5.4/462-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UFxxG.patch
 * backport-5.4/463-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Paragon-PN26G0xA.patch
 * backport-5.4/700-v5.1-net-phylink-only-call-mac_config-during-resolve-when.patch
 * backport-5.4/701-v5.2-net-phylink-ensure-inband-AN-works-correctly.patch
 * backport-5.4/702-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-MACs-which-support-asym-.patch
 * backport-5.4/703-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-set_pauseparam-for-Asym-.patch
 * backport-5.4/704-v4.20-net-phy-Stop-with-excessive-soft-reset.patch
 * backport-5.4/705-v5.1-net-phy-provide-full-set-of-accessor-functions-to-MM.patch
 * backport-5.4/706-v5.1-net-phy-add-register-modifying-helpers-returning-1-o.patch
 * backport-5.4/707-v5.1-net-phy-add-genphy_c45_check_and_restart_aneg.patch
 * backport-5.4/708-v5.3-net-phylink-remove-netdev-from-phylink-mii-ioctl-emu.patch
 * backport-5.4/709-v5.3-net-phylink-support-for-link-gpio-interrupt.patch
 * backport-5.4/710-v5.3-net-phy-allow-Clause-45-access-via-mii-ioctl.patch
 * backport-5.4/711-v5.3-net-sfp-add-mandatory-attach-detach-methods-for-sfp-.patch
 * backport-5.4/712-v5.3-net-sfp-remove-sfp-bus-use-of-netdevs.patch
 * backport-5.4/713-v5.2-net-phylink-avoid-reducing-support-mask.patch
 * backport-5.4/714-v5.3-net-sfp-Stop-SFP-polling-and-interrupt-handling-duri.patch
 * backport-5.4/715-v5.3-net-phylink-don-t-start-and-stop-SGMII-PHYs-in-SFP-m.patch
 * backport-5.4/740-v5.5-net-phy-avoid-matching-all-ones-clause-45-PHY-IDs.patch
 * backport-5.4/741-v5.5-net-phylink-fix-link-mode-modification-in-PHY-mode.patch
 * pending-5.4/103-MIPS-perf-ath79-Fix-perfcount-IRQ-assignment.patch
 * pending-5.4/131-spi-use-gpio_set_value_cansleep-for-setting-chipsele.patch
 * pending-5.4/132-spi-spi-gpio-fix-crash-when-num-chipselects-is-0.patch
 * pending-5.4/220-optimize_inlining.patch
 * pending-5.4/341-MIPS-mm-remove-no-op-dma_map_ops-where-possible.patch
 * pending-5.4/475-mtd-spi-nor-Add-Winbond-w25q128jv-support.patch
 * pending-5.4/477-mtd-add-spi-nor-add-mx25u3235f.patch
 * pending-5.4/479-mtd-spi-nor-add-eon-en25qh64.patch

Some bigger changes were done to this feature and we did not port this patch yet:
 * hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch

This depends on BOOTMEM which was removed from the kernel, this needs some bigger changes:
 * hack-5.4/930-crashlog.patch

A different version of the FPU disable patch was merged upstream, OpenWrt needs some adaptations.
 * pending-5.4/304-mips_disable_fpu.patch

- no crashlog support yet as a required file got deleted upstream
- Removed patch below, which is now seen as a recursive dependency [1]
- Removed patch below due to build error [2]
- fix still required to avoid identical function def [3]
- Fixes included from Blocktrron
- Fixes included from Chunkeey
- Fix included from nbd regarding "dst leak in Flow Offload"

[1] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/260-crypto_test_dependencies.patch
[2] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch
[3] target/linux/generic/pending-5.4/613-netfilter_optional_tcp_window_check.patch

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:45 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c16517d26d kernel: copy kernel 4.19 code to 5.4
No changes were done to the patches while coping them. Currently they do
not apply on top of kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-28 17:50:45 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0b9b0c5d15 ath79: also reduce spi-max-frequency for buffalo_wzr-hp-ag300h
In accordance to ebc090e420 ("ath79: reduce spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz")
this also reduces the spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz for the last remaining
device with higher frequency in ath79. This will save us from having a
single special case that will require adjustment when the spi driver for
this device is changed in the future.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-02-27 14:56:02 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
845093e8a0 kirkwood: apply minor DTS style improvements
This applies some minor DTS style improvements to the files kept
in OpenWrt at the moment:

- harmonize/improve LED/pinmux node names
- harmonize empty lines between nodes
- change "ok" to "okay"
- some other minor formatting adjustments

Since changes are only cosmetical, they are only applied to the
"newer" DTS files for kernel 4.19.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-27 13:05:51 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
16965a0f3f kirkwood: convert DTS patches into plain DTS files
Move DTS files newly created by patch files to files directory. This will make
these files much more maintainable.

Patching the kernel Makefile is unnecessary, as the DTS files specified in
DEVICE_DTS will be compiled by OpenWrt buildroot anyway.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-27 12:38:21 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ebc090e420 ath79: reduce spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz
The introduction of ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
made the SPI memory unusable on devices with very high spi-max-frequency
(104 MHz).

Here's how the actual clock is calculated: (AHB_CLK/((CLOCK_DIVIDER+1)*2))
where AHB_CLK is a fixed clock (e.g. 200MHz on AR9331) and CLOCK_DIVIDER
is the parameter we can set. Highest clock according to this formula is
AHB_CLK/2 (100MHz, but that didn't work in device tests).
The next possible value is AHB_CLK/4 (50MHz). Speeds between 50 MHz and
100 MHz will be rounded down, so using values higher than 50 MHz does
not provide any benefit.

Consequently, this patch reduces spi-max-frequency for all devices with
values higher than 50 MHz to 50 MHz (effectively, this only affects
devices with 104 MHz before this patch).

Tested on GL.inet GL-AR150:
Boot fails with 104 MHz but is successful with both 50 MHz and 80 MHz
(fast-read), where the latter two yield identical read speeds.

Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-27 12:14:09 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
9de6bc872a ath79: fix spi-max-frequency for wAP G-5HacT2HnD
The introduction of ebf0d8dade (ath79: add new ar934x spi driver)
made the SPI memory unusable. Reducing the spi-max-frequency to
a smaller value makes it work again.

Tested on two MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD devices.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-02-27 12:14:09 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
8f93c05a59 ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
This patch ports support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
with a built-in 802.11ac High-Power radio (31dBm), which was already
available in the ar71xx target.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB922UAGS-5HPacD for more info.

Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9882 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE-in 24V
- SFP: 1x host
- USB: 1x 2.0 type A
- PCIe: 1x Mini slot (also contains USB 2.0 for 3G/LTE modems)
- SIM slot: 1x mini-SIM

Working:
- Board/system detection
- SPI and NAND storage
- PCIe
- USB type A host
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- LEDs (user, phy0)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade to/from ar71xx

Not supported:
- RSSI LEDs
- SFP cage

Installation methods:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx (it is advisable to use the -n option to
wipe any previous settings), or
- Boot the initramfs image via TFTP and then flash the sysupgrade
image using "sysupgrade -n"

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-02-26 14:46:46 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
3660a89cb9 kernel: x86_64: drop CALGARY properly
Use correct config syntax of 'is not set' instead of just commenting the
line

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-02-25 16:50:46 +00:00
John Crispin
083eb80bf2 mediatek: add latest fixes provided by MTK
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-25 17:15:32 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
ffd249366f kernel: x86_64: drop CALGARY IOMMU
The calgary IOMMU was only used on high-end IBM systems in the early
x86_64 age.  This is an unlikely OpenWrt target and in fact upstream
are looking to drop the driver entirely with the bonus that we no
longer see:

[ 0.000000] Calgary: detecting Calgary via BIOS EBDA area
[ 0.000000] Calgary: Unable to locate Rio Grande table in EBDA - bailing!

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-02-25 16:13:05 +00:00
Hauke Mehrtens
27358ec8fd kernel: Sort generic configuration
This was done by executing these commands:

$ ./scripts/kconfig.pl '+' target/linux/generic/config-4.19 /dev/null > target/linux/generic/config-4.19-new
$ mv target/linux/generic/config-4.14-new target/linux/generic/config-4.14

$ ./scripts/kconfig.pl '+' target/linux/generic/config-4.14 /dev/null > target/linux/generic/config-4.14-new
$ mv target/linux/generic/config-4.19-new target/linux/generic/config-4.19

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-02-24 23:25:28 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
6613a7f5cc ath79: add missing reset-gpios for NanoStation Loco M (XW)
When porting support from ar71xx to ath79, the reset-gpios option was
missed. Due to a hardware bug, this would eventually leave the devices
with RX-deaf Ethernet PHY.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-02-24 20:42:19 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
7ae2523323 kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.106
Refreshed all patches.

Remove upstreamed:
- 950-0786-leds-pca963x-Fix-open-drain-initialization.patch

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-24 19:11:36 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
fc65fae304 kirkwood: remove kmod-i2c-mv64xxx from DEVICE_PACKAGES
Commit 9a1f441ac8 ("kirkwood: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config")
enabled I2C_MV64XXX in the kernel config, and the subsequent commit 0d5ba94088
("orion: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config") removed kmod-i2c-mv64xxx
package entirely. As the feature is now kernel built-in and the package does not
exist anymore, we can safely remove kmod-i2c-mv64xxx from DEVICE_PACKAGES.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-24 17:10:13 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
b6c9d2bab0 kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.105
Refreshed all patches.

Fixes:
- CVE-2013-1798
- CVE-2019-3016

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-24 14:19:16 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
f4bea1b6a3 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.171
Refreshed all patches.

Fixes:
- CVE-2013-1798

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-24 14:18:59 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
7e9c7e7b2d kirkwood: tidy up hwmon_fancontrol
Add indent and sort board_name alphabetically.

Sourcing /lib/functions.sh is already handled by /etc/rc.common. Drop the line.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-24 01:22:26 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
1013b140a6 kirkwood: add kmod-hwmon-core to DEVICE_PACKAGES
kmod-hwmon-lm* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[only address kmod-hwmon-core in this commit]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-23 22:21:21 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
4528128b05 kirkwood: tidy up image Makefile
- use k in SIZE variables
- break long lines

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-23 19:59:45 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
c24e01fccc kirkwood: fix device node name of Iomega ix2-200
The current device node name of ix2-200 is "iom_ix2_200", which results
in a SUPPORTED_DEVICES string "iom,ix2,200" that does not match the
compatible in DTS and the board name used in board.d.

Fix this by replacing the second underscore with a dash, following
vendor_model scheme.

Fixes: 27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message rephrase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-23 19:53:28 +01:00
David Bauer
55c153538d ath79: fix TP-Link TL-WA901ND v2 PHY stuck in reset
Some newer bootloaders for the TP-Link TL-WA901ND put the ethernet PHY
in reset before loading the kernel, thus the LAN interface is not
working in OpenWrt.

Clear the reset to restore ethernet functionality.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-23 16:17:59 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
33c1d5eee4 x86: avoid underscore in package name
As 07e1d88d7b ("kernel: avoid underscore in *6lowpan package names") shows,
underscores might cause build failures. Replace underscore with dash.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-23 13:20:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1173719817 ramips: move includes to DTSI for mt7628an_tplink_8m*
All devices inherited from mt7628an_tplink_8m.dtsi and
mt7628an_tplink_8m-split-uboot.dtsi contain the same additional
includes in the DTS files.

Move them to the DTSI files instead.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 19:33:41 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1ae6292f75 ramips: move compatible for Ubiquiti Edgerouter X to DTS file
So far, the compatible for the Ubiquiti Edgerouter X has been
defined in the DTSI file and inherited for the edgerouterx.dts,
but overwritten for the edgerouterx-sfp.dts. In contrast, the
model was stored in the DTS file in both cases.

To resolve this somewhat confusing situation, move the compatible
with the device name for edgerouterx to the DTS file as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 19:28:17 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
963f572ead ramips: remove redundant includes in DTS files
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.

Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files. For vocore, the
include is moved to the parent DTSI file.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 19:26:17 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a967ae9d14 ath79: remove redundant includes in DTS files
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.

Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 19:17:51 +01:00
Martin Schiller
54e39ddc2e kernel: fix xt_connmark.h
Commit a1cfe0dcbb (kernel: connmark set-dscpmark follow upstreamimg
attempt") broke the usage of xt_connmark.h in user-space (e.g.
strongswan), because the BIT() macro is unknown there.

Fixes: a1cfe0dcbb (kernel: connmark set-dscpmark follow upstreamimg attempt")
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
2020-02-22 16:38:41 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
c6e33b7cb4 generic: refresh patches
just run: make target/linux/refresh V=s

Fixes: 6e315de0f4

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-02-22 16:38:41 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
84845123fe kernel: remove non-existant symbols from 4.19 config
These symbols only exist in kernel version <= 4.15

Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
2020-02-22 16:38:41 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b951f53fba build: Add additional kernel debug options
Make it possible to activate some additional kernel debug options.
This can be used to debug some problems in kernel drivers.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2020-02-22 16:34:57 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
431594a978 build: Add option KERNEL_KASAN
The kernel kernel address sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2020-02-22 16:34:57 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
d9b043c03c build: Add option KERNEL_UBSAN
The kernel Undefined Behavior Sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2020-02-22 16:34:57 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
cbb6929789 x86: Add missing kernel option CONFIG_X86_DECODER_SELFTEST
This option has now a different dependency and can be activated, set a
default value.

Fixes: 20b5a4ca01 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.101")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Tested-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2020-02-22 16:34:57 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
aa9c2149a7 kirkwood: do not expose status LED to user config by default
So far, the state of status LEDs is set up in 01_leds for many devices
in kirkwood target. As those LEDs are also controlled by diag.sh,
exposing them to the user via uci config by default seems not helpful
and might even have confusing results for the user.

Thus, remove the ucidef_set_led_default setup for power/status LED, but
do not touch the rest where user control is actually a feature.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 14:25:52 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6bbca3a09a kirkwood: set default state for status LEDs in device tree
This adds the default-state = "on"; statement for the power or
primary status LED in DTS on kirkwood. This will ensure that this
LED will be lit up very early in the boot process (i.e. before
diag.sh is executed) and thus will provide an additional hint to the
user when problems arise during early boot process.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 14:25:44 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b6db230183 kirkwood: add diag LEDs for ZyXEL NSA325
This device has had no diag LEDs set up so far, so let's just
add them.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 14:25:33 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
ae67f5ffae kirkwood: use generic diag.sh
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.

Generic diag.sh allow to use different LEDs to indicate different states.
Non-red status LEDs for indicating boot and a running system.
Where possible, the red or orange LEDs are used to indicate failsafe
mode and a running upgrade.

Compile-tested: all target devices.
Run-tested: CheckPoint L-50

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[remove unrelated cosmetic changes, rename some labels, add pogo_e02]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-22 14:25:25 +01:00
Daniel Golle
d1130ad265 ath79: add support for Teltonika RUT955
Specification:

- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344)
- built-in 4G/3G module (example: Quectel EC-25EU)
- internal microSD slot (spi-mmc, buggy and disabled for now)
- RS232 on D-Sub9 port (Cypress ACM via USB, /dev/ttyACM0)
- RS422/RS485 (AR934x high speed UART, /dev/ttyATH1)
- analog 0-24V input (MCP3221)
- various digital inputs and outputs incl. a relay
- 11x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by 74HC595)
- 2x miniSIM slot (can be swapped via GPIO)
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 3x SMA/F (2x WWAN, GPS)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- debugging UART available on PCB edge connector

Serial console (/dev/ttyS0) pinout:

- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side

Flash instruction:

Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.06.051" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.2".

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-02-21 22:35:12 +01:00
Daniel Golle
e5e461b621 serial: ar933x_uart: add rs485 support
Add support for RS485 tranceiver with transmit/receive switch hooked
to a RTS GPIO pin.
Use the 'rts-gpios' and 'rs485-rts-active-low' properties as described
in devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.yaml.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-02-21 22:35:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2f1cc5c3d5 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA701ND/730RE/801ND/901ND v1
This adds support for the various clones of the TL-WA830RE recently
supported in fb99ac6807 ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA830RE v1"):

- tplink,tl-wa701nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa730re-v1
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa830re-v1 (already supported)
- tplink,tl-wa901nd-v1

Since these devices are 100%-clones in ar71xx, this patch adds all
of them without run-testing (as this has been done for TL-WA830RE v1).

Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)

Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
  > setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
  > setenv serverip e.f.g.h
  > tftpboot 0x80000000 \
      openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-waxxxxx-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
  > erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
  > cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
  > bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-21 13:55:33 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
1df4f5cf96 ramips: fix HiWiFi HC5761A USB port
Export GPIO 41 to power USB port

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-02-21 13:55:33 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
c8f8e59816 ramips: gsw_mt7621: disable PORT 5 MAC RX/TX flow control by default
Looking at the current upstream driver implementation, it seems like the
TX/RX flow control is enabled only if the flow control pause option is
resolved from the device/link partner advertisements (or otherwise set).

On the other hand, our current in-tree driver force enables TX/RX
flow control by default, thus possibly leading to TX timeouts if the
other end sends pause frames (which are not properly handled?):

 WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:320 dev_watchdog+0x1ac/0x324
 NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (mtk_soc_eth): transmit queue 0 timed out

Disabling the flow control on PORT 5 MAC seems to fix this issues as the
pause frames are then filtered out. While at it, I'm removing the if
condition completely as suggested, since this code is run only on mt7621
SoC, so there is no need to check for the silicon revisions.

Ref: https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2017-November/009882.html
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/mtk-soc-eth-watchdog-timeout-after-r11573/50000/12
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-02-20 15:08:06 +01:00
David Bauer
0709943182 ath79: correct Siemens WS-AP3610 blocksize
With the wrong blocksize, the rootfs was not positioned on the boundary
of a block, thus breaking the mtdsplit driver.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-20 10:41:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
060b58fd6e ath79: add label MAC address for Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM)
This adds the label MAC address for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM).
This was overlooked when adding support in the previous patch.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-19 23:34:41 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6fdaf16dd0 ath79: add support for Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM)
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM), which has the
same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.

Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna: 5 dBi (USA), 2 dBi (EU)
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB

Flashing via WebUI:
  Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.

  Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
  an incompatible partition table!

  Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
  Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.

Flashing via TFTP:
  Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.

- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
  button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
  LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
  $ tftp 192.168.1.20
  tftp> bin
  tftp> trace
  tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_picostation-m-squashfs-factory.bin

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-19 23:20:09 +01:00
Sven Roederer
b56bcfe3be ath79: add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation Loco M (XM)
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Nanostation Loco M (XM), which
has the same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and
antennas.

Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- NS Loco M2: built-in antenna: 8 dBi; AR9287
- NS Loco M5: built-in antenna: 13 dBi; 2T2R 5 GHz radio
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB

Flashing via WebUI:
  Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
  Note that only certain firmware versions accept unsigned
  images. Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.

Flashing via TFTP:
  Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.

- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
  button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
  LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
  $ tftp 192.168.1.20
  tftp> bin
  tftp> trace
  tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-factory.bin

Tested on NanoStation Loco M2.

Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-19 23:20:00 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
98fbf2edc0 ath79: move TPLINK_HWID/_HWREV to parent for tplink-safeloader
Several devices with tplink-safeloader contain default values (0x0)
for TPLINK_HWID and TPLINK_HWREV in their device definitions.
Move those to common tplink-safeloader definition so they do not
have to be repeated each time.

While at it, set default value for tplink-v1 and tplink-v2 as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-19 23:19:43 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
18c95c9d6e ath79: add gpio4 pinmux on TL-WR841N/ND v8, WR842N v2, MR3420 v2
This adds a pinmux to the shared DTSI for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8,
TL-WR842N v2 and TL-MR3420 v2. It is supposed to be the equivalent
of:

/* config gpio4 as normal gpio function */
ath79_gpio_output_select(TL_MR3420V2_GPIO_USB_POWER,AR934X_GPIO_OUT_GPIO);

This allows to enable USB power on these devices.

While at it, move the jtag_disable_pins to &gpio node and remove the
redundant status=okay there.

Tested on TP-Link TL-WR842N v2.

Fixes: FS#2753

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Armin Fuerst <armin@fuerst.priv.at>
2020-02-18 21:23:17 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
dc145de4be ath79: move mikrotik-caldata.sh to target base-files
Mikrotik devices will be found in both generic and nand subtargets.

The file mikrotik-caldata.sh, currently used in generic, contains
a few lines of code that would need to be duplicated for nand
support. Instead of duplicating it, move it to target base-files,
as size impact is small and the maintenance gain should outweigh it.

This is changed separately to make life easier for the people
currently working on Mikrotik NAND support.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-17 20:23:59 +01:00
David Bauer
d2b8ccb1c0 ath79: add support for Siemens WS-AP3610
Hardware
--------
SoC:  Atheros AR7161
RAM:  Samsung K4H511638D-UCCC
      2x 64M DDR1
SPI:  Micron M25P128 (16M)
WiFi: Atheros AR9160 bgn
      Atheros AR9160 an
ETH:  Broadcom BCM5481
LED:  Power (Green/Red)
      ETH (Green / Blue / Yellow)
          (PHY-controlled)
      WiFi 5 (Green / Blue)
      WiFi 2 (Green / Blue)
BTN:  Reset

Serial: Cisco-Style RJ45 - 115200 8N1

Installation
------------

1. Download the OpenWrt initramfs-image. Place it into a TFTP server
   root directory and rename it to 1401A8C0.img. Configure the TFTP
   server to listen at 192.168.1.66/24.

2. Connect the TFTP server to the access point.

3. Connect to the serial console of the access point. Attach power and
   interrupt the boot procedure when prompted (bootdelay is 1 second).

4. Configure the U-Boot environment for booting OpenWrt from Ram and
   flash:

   $ setenv boot_openwrt 'setenv bootargs; bootm 0xbf080000'
   $ setenv ramboot_openwrt 'setenv serverip 192.168.1.66;
     tftpboot; bootm'
   $ saveenv

5. Load OpenWrt into memory:

   $ run ramboot_openwrt

   Wait for the image to boot.

6. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device. Write the image
   to flash using sysupgrade:

   $ sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysuograde.bin

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-16 15:36:29 +01:00
David Bauer
ae35ff5767 ath79: backport phy reset-controller patches
The Siemens WS-AP3610 asserts reset to the ethernet PHY with the
reset-register. Backport the necessary patches to de-assert reset
when probing the PHY.

These patches can be dropped when using kernel 5.4.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-02-16 15:36:29 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7d7aa2fd92 brcm2708: rename target to bcm27xx
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.

Despite, since subtargets range from bcm2708 to bcm2711, it seems
appropriate to use bcm27xx instead of bcm2708 (again, as already done
for BOARDNAME).

This also renames the packages brcm2708-userland and brcm2708-gpu-fw.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-02-14 14:10:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e7bfda2c24 brcm63xx: rename target to bcm63xx
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-14 14:10:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8fe5ad5d33 brcm47xx: rename target to bcm47xx
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-14 14:10:51 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
8590e70fab ramips: fix HiWiFi HC5761A switch settings
HC5761A has only 2 LAN ports

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-02-14 14:10:51 +01:00
Aleksander Jan Bajkowski
5499b24dc0 sunxi: backport increased SATA/AHCI DMA TX/RX FIFOs
This backports SATA performance boost from 5.3 kernel:

 Increasing the SATA/AHCI DMA TX/RX FIFOs (P0DMACR.TXTS and .RXTS, ie.
 TX_TRANSACTION_SIZE and RX_TRANSACTION_SIZE) from default 0x0 each to
 0x3 each, gives a write performance boost of 120 MiB/s to 132 MiB/s from
 lame 36 MiB/s to 45 MiB/s previously.  Read performance is above 200
 MiB/s. [tested on SSD using dd bs=4K/8K/12K/16K/20K/24K/32K: peak-perf
 at 12K]

 dd bs  Before MB/s  After MB/s  Increase
 4k            14.4        16.5       15%
 64k           34.5        74.4      116%
 1M            40.5        93.2      130%

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/sunxi-sata-write-speed-patch/54555/5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[commit subject & description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-02-13 17:45:46 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
fbd00bb8d4 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR940N v6
The TL-WR940N v6 is similar to v3/v4, it just has different
LEDs and MAC address assignment.

Specification:
- 750 MHz CPU
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet

The use of LEDs is based on ar71xx, so blue LED is used for WAN
and orange LED for diag (boot/failsafe/etc.).

Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.

Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
   wr940nv6_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Thanks to Manuel Kock for reviewing and testing this patch.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
2020-02-13 17:33:20 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
49ff00db34 ath79: enable forceless sysupgrade from ar71xx on fritz300e
This adds the ar71xx board name to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES on ath79,
so forceless sysupgrade on this device becomes possible.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-13 17:33:20 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
35ab804ea7 kernel: swconfig: make compatible with kernel 5.2
Since kernel 5.2 within netlink messages the NLA_F_NESTED nested flag is
validated. But swconfig/swlib doesn't set the flag for
SWITCH_ATTR_OP_VALUE_PORTS related netlink messages and assigning ports
to vlans via

  swconfig dev switch0 vlan 1 set ports '0 1 2 3 4 6t'

Errors put with "Failed to set attribute: Invalid input data or
parameter".

Relax the validation rules and use the deprecated functions, to use the
same level of validation as it was till kernel 5.1. Depending on who has
swconfig related netlink messages implemented, there might be more
broken tools out there and we should keep backward compatibility if
possible.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-02-12 22:15:14 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
15a0701cdd kernel: rewrite run_parsers_by_type() to use add_mtd_partitions()
Make run_parsers_by_type() more similar to the parse_mtd_partitions():
1. Use struct mtd_partitions
2. Use add_mtd_partitions()

This change simplifies run_parsers_by_type() by:
1. Dropping loop
2. Dropping code getting partition properties (name, offset, size)

Moreover this change allows passing more partitions details (e.g.
mask_flags).

One noticeable change introduced by this patch is adding parsed
partitions as children. This results in printing their *relative*
offsets which unifies this code with parse_mtd_partitions() behaviour.

Before:
[    1.785448] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[    1.791642] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[    1.797537] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[    1.804009] 0x0000004e0000-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs_data"

After:
[    1.785376] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[    1.791601] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[    1.797491] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[    1.803936] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "rootfs":
[    1.808910] 0x000000350800-0x000000e20800 : "rootfs_data"

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2020-02-11 16:55:38 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
be3e98ce26 ramips: append tail to WF2881 initramfs image
Stock firmware has a vendor-defined tail at the end of uImage for image
validation. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from stock firmware
without having to access the UART console.

Installation via web interface:
1.  Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2.  Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-11 15:13:52 +01:00
Christian Buschau
fb99ac6807 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA830RE v1
This ports support for the TL-WA830RE v1 range extender from ar71xx to
ath79.

Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)

Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
  > setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
  > setenv serverip e.f.g.h
  > tftpboot 0x80000000 \
      openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wa830re-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
  > erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
  > cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
  > bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image

The device seems to be a clone of the following devices not yet
added to ath79:
- tl-wa701nd-v1
- tl-wa730re-v1
- tl-wa801nd-v1
- tl-wa901nd-v1

Signed-off-by: Christian Buschau <christian.buschau@mailbox.org>
[make use of ar7240_tplink.dtsi, add note about clones]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-11 14:31:05 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
273e00c4a5 ath79: reorganize DTSI for ar7240 TP-Link devices
The current set of TP-Link devices with ar7240 SoC all share
the same DTSI file. As the latter is very similar to the
definition required for the to-be-supported TP-Link TL-WA devices
with ar7240, this patch splits the definitions into a shared part
for all TP-Link devices (ar7240_tplink.dtsi) and a file containing
the specific setup for the present TL-WR devices
(ar7240_tplink_tl-wr.dtsi), equivalent to the former
ar7240_tplink_tl-wr74xn-v1.dtsi.

While at it, remove unused firmware partition label and rename
pinmux_switch_led_pins.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-11 14:30:58 +01:00
Chuanhong Guo
9c19c35d1e ath79: restore pin state on probe for ar934x-spi
If bootloader doesn't terminate its last spi operation properly
before starting kernel, our first transfer in kernel becomes a
continuous transfer to that request instead of a new one.
Fix this flaw by restoring IOC register, which restored all pin
state to default.

Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-02-10 11:59:20 +08:00
Adrian Schmutzler
ceed4638f6 brcm63xx: apply updated compatibles for selecting board_info
When changing compatibles in e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic
names for image and DTS files"), I forgot to update them in kernel
patches as well. So, do it now.

Fixes: e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic names for image and DTS files")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 19:30:39 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
7f1ec1cc79 brcm63xx: be more specific about SOC names
This uses the specific SOC names for several devices where the
Chip ID was used incorrectly before.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 18:48:16 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d0e8e6db6b brcm63xx: align DTS model with Makefile and compatible
Since the model string in DTS is not required to derive board name
anymore, we can now align it with the model name in Makefile and
the compatible.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 18:48:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0a3350d908 brcm63xx: use compatible instead of manually setting board name
This patch removes the translation of device model name into a
board name in lib/brcm63xx.sh. The latter has been actually totally
useless as we have the compatible which can be used instead of
the board name (and actually is at other targets like ath79 or ramips).

The change requires updating the base-files with the new
identifiers based on compatible.

With all "board names" replaced by the compatible, we do not need
the old scripts to detect board name anymore and can also remove
the obsolete treatment of "legacy" devices without DTS, as there
are none of those left. So, this patch removes the target-specific
board detection and uses the standard procedure in
package/base-files/files/lib/preinit/02_sysinfo

This also fixes several cases where the board name was not set or
evaluated correctly:
- asmax,ar1004g in 02_network
- telsey,magic in 09_fix_crc/02_network
- brcm,bcm96338gw in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96338w in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96348gw in 02_network
- dynalink,rta1025w in 02_network
- huawei,echolife-hg520v in 02_network
- several cases in diag.sh

The following orphaned identifiers are removed from board.d files:
- dmv-s0

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 18:40:47 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
78b422ad79 brcm63xx: remove unneeded line break for DEVICE_PACKAGES
In brcm63xx image Makefile DEVICE_PACKAGE definitions are split
into multiple lines with no apparent need.

Merge them into one line to increase readability and maintainability.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 18:39:53 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e4ba8c8294 brcm63xx: use more systematic names for image and DTS files
This changes brcm63xx target to achieve consistency between image
names, device nodes names, compatible, DTS name and device name
as much as possible. As with other targets, having consistent
names is supposed to make life easier for developers and reduces
the number of "variables" in the system. In particular, applying
the DTS scheme will make it easier to find the correct file and
architecture.

DTS files are named based on the increasingly common
soc-vendor-model scheme, using hyphens for separation as this seems
to be the kernel way. Since the compatible is not used at the
moment, I took the chance to also align them with this patch.

For the SOC, the already existing CFE_CHIP_ID can be exploiting
for all but two devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-08 18:39:28 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
9d03eede18 kernel: fix typos in KernelPackage description
Fixes: ed2839ac41 ("kernel/modules: add kmod-pmbus-zl6100 module")
Fixes: bbcb9de935 ("Add package for gpio rotary encoder")
Fixes: 7685458982 ("package/kernel: package kmod-input-matrixkmap")
Fixes: 8bfef35385 ("kernel: rename kmod-switch-rtl8366_smi to
       kmod-switch-rtl8366-smi to avoid underscores in package names")
Fixes: f03bf608b1 ("kernel: Add dummy sound driver")
Fixes: dda5d9b786 ("ramips: rename pwm kernel module")

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-08 17:58:38 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
cc89c5fe27 ramips: fix device name of netis WF-2881 to WF2881
The correct model name of WF-2881 is WF2881 without hyphen. The former used
boardnames are not added to SUPPORTED_DEVICES, to make it explicit that the
sysupgrade-tar image, which is newly added in the previous commit, should
not be used to upgrade from older version.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-07 14:33:17 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
e030d162f7 ramips: use nand_do_upgrade for netis WF-2881
WF-2881 sysupgrade image uses UBI rootfs, but still relies on
default_do_upgrade. Because of this, config backup is not restored after
sysupgrade. It can be fixed by switching to nand_do_upgrade and
sysupgrade-tar image. default_do_upgrade does not handle sysupgrade-tar
properly, so one should use factory image to upgrade from older version.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-07 14:28:50 +01:00
Lech Perczak
52a0bd3334 ath79: add LED trigger for TL-WR902AC v1 WAN LED
Inspired by commit c48b571ad7, add an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of
the TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the
link state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.

The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at the
port was labeled LAN.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-02-07 14:06:20 +01:00
Daniel Golle
16031ebaf8 ath79: add support for Atheros AR934x HS UART
AR934x chips also got the 'old' qca,ar9330-uart in addition to the
'new' ns16550a compatible one. Add support for UART1 clock selector as
well as device-tree bindings in ar934x.dtsi to make use of that uart.

Reported-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-02-07 12:54:33 +02:00
Daniel Golle
b439d3bfb5 ath79: ar933x_uart: set UART_CS_{RX,TX}_READY_ORIDE
On AR934x this UART is usually not initialized by the bootloader
as it is only used as a secondary serial port while the primary
UART is a newly introduced NS16550-compatible.
In order to make use of the ar933x-uart on AR934x without RTS/CTS
hardware flow control, one needs to set the
UART_CS_{RX,TX}_READY_ORIDE bits as other than on AR933x where this
UART is used as primary/console, the bootloader on AR934x typically
doesn't set those bits.
Setting them explicitely on AR933x does not do any harm, so just set
them unconditionally.

Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-02-07 12:52:56 +02:00
Dan Haab
1d47f81581 bcm53xx: build images for Luxul ABR-4500 and XBR-4500 routers
Luxul ABR-4500 and XBR-4500 devices are wired routers with 5 Ethernet
ports and 1 USB 3.0 port. Flashing requires using Luxul firmware 6.4.0
or newer and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.

Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
2020-02-07 09:31:22 +01:00
Chuanhong Guo
dd280444b3 ath79: ag71xx: use netif_receive_skb_list on 4.19
This new function make batch processing of network packets possible,
which slightly improves performance.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-02-07 10:58:01 +08:00
Daniel Golle
6f10aa737e kernel: remove duplicate flash chip definition
XTX XT25F128A shares it's chip ID with XM25QH128A which got identical
features. Hence there it makes no sense to add it to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-02-06 19:35:54 +02:00
Chuanhong Guo
0046aef672 ath79: use ar934x-spi for ar933x as well
ar933x appears to have the same spi controller as ar934x but it's
not mentioned in datasheet at all. Use new spi driver instead to
gain more flash operating performance.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-02-06 22:53:52 +08:00
Chuanhong Guo
ebf0d8dade ath79: add new ar934x spi driver
A new shift mode was introduced since ar934x which has a way better
performance than current bitbang driver and can handle higher spi
clock properly. This commit adds a new driver to make use of this
new feature.
This new driver has chipselect properly configured and we don't need
cs-gpios hack in dts anymore. Remove them.

Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
2020-02-06 22:53:03 +08:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
867db0a283 ramips: add support for I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR2
I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on MediaTek
MT7621A.

Specification:

- SoC		: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM		: DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash		: NAND 128 MiB
- WLAN		: MediaTek MT7615D (2.4/5 GHz, 2T2R)
- Ethernet	: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
  - Switch	: MediaTek MT7621A (MT7530)
- LEDs/Input	: 2x/3x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART		: through-hole on PCB
  - J5: Vcc, TX, RX, NC, GND
  - 57600 bps

Flash instruction using initramfs image:

1. Boot WN-AX1167GR2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
3. Select the OpenWrt initramfs image and click update ("更新")
button to perform firmware update
4. On the initramfs image, perform sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade
image
5. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing

Notes:

- configuration in DeviceTree of DBDC (Dual-Band-Dual-Concurrent) mode
for MT7615D chip is not supported in mt76 driver
- last 0x80000 (512 KiB) in NAND flash is not used on stock firmware
- stock firmware requires "customized uImage header" by MSTC
(MitraStar Technology Corp.), but U-Boot doesn't
  - uImage magic (0x0 - 0x3) : 0x434F4D42 (COMB)
  - header crc32 (0x4 - 0x7) : with data length and data crc32
  - image name (0x20 - 0x37) : model ID and firmware versions
  - data length (0x38 - 0x3b): kernel + rootfs
  - data crc32 (0x3c - 0x3f) : kernel + rootfs

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-05 17:03:34 +01:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
3c0e2aa63e ramips: add support for I-O DATA WN-DX1167R
I-O DATA WN-DX1167R is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac rotuer, based on MediaTek
MT7621A.

Specification:

- SoC		: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM		: DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash		: NAND 128 MiB
- WLAN		: MediaTek MT7615D (2.4/5 GHz, 2T2R)
- Ethernet	: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
  - Switch	: MediaTek MT7621A (MT7530)
- LEDs/Input	: 2x/3x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART		: through-hole on PCB
  - J5: Vcc, TX, RX, NC, GND
  - 57600 bps

Flash instruction using initramfs image:

1. Boot WN-DX1167R normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
3. Select the OpenWrt initramfs image and click update ("更新")
button to perform firmware update
4. On the initramfs image, perform sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade
image
5. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing

Notes:

- configuration in DeviceTree of DBDC (Dual-Band-Dual-Concurrent) mode
for MT7615D chip is not supported in mt76 driver
- last 0x80000 (512 KiB) in NAND flash is not used on stock firmware
- stock firmware requires "customized uImage header" by MSTC
(MitraStar Technology Corp.), but U-Boot doesn't
  - uImage magic (0x0 - 0x3) : 0x434F4D43 (COMC)
  - header crc32 (0x4 - 0x7) : with data length and data crc32
  - image name (0x20 - 0x37) : model ID and firmware versions
  - data length (0x38 - 0x3b): kernel + rootfs
  - data crc32 (0x3c - 0x3f) : kernel + rootfs

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-05 17:03:27 +01:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
be4d53bf69 ramips: extend and rename wr1201-factory-header
This commit adds the ability to set custom uImage magic to
Build/wr1201-factory-header and renames it to
"Build/custom-initramfs-uimage".

Custom uImage header in initramfs image is required on following
devices:

- I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR2
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR2
- I-O DATA WN-DX1167R

While at it, fix typo in comment.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-05 17:03:21 +01:00
Álvaro Fernández Rojas
84d555aa74 brcm2708: update to latest patches from RPi foundation
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
2020-02-04 19:14:13 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
6e315de0f4 kernel: add support for GD25D05 SPI NOR
This chip is used on newer RB912UAG-5HPnD r2 boards:

Before:

[    0.642553] m25p80 spi0.0: unrecognized JEDEC id bytes: c8, 40, 10
[    0.649381] NAND flash driver for the RouterBOARD 91x series

After:

[    0.641714] m25p80 spi0.0: found gd25d05, expected m25p80
[    0.649916] m25p80 spi0.0: gd25d05 (64 Kbytes)
[    0.655122] Creating 4 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[    0.660164] 0x000000000000-0x00000000c000 : "routerboot"
[    0.667782] 0x00000000c000-0x00000000d000 : "hard_config"
[    0.675073] 0x00000000d000-0x00000000e000 : "bios"
[    0.682613] 0x00000000e000-0x00000000f000 : "soft_config"
[    0.690304] NAND flash driver for the RouterBOARD 91x series

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-04 18:10:13 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
20b5a4ca01 kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.101
Refreshed all patches.

Fixes:
- CVE-2019-14896
- CVE-2019-14897

Remove upstreamed:
- 023-0007-crypto-crypto4xx-Fix-wrong-ppc4xx_trng_probe-ppc4xx_.patch
- 950-0202-staging-bcm2835-camera-fix-module-autoloading.patch
- 001-4.22-01-MIPS-BCM63XX-drop-unused-and-broken-DSP-platform-dev.patch

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-04 18:10:13 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
1b310cff0f kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.169
Refreshed all patches.

Fixes:
- CVE-2019-14896
- CVE-2019-14897

Remove upstreamed:
- 023-0007-crypto-crypto4xx-Fix-wrong-ppc4xx_trng_probe-ppc4xx_.patch
- 001-4.22-01-MIPS-BCM63XX-drop-unused-and-broken-DSP-platform-dev.patch

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-02-04 18:10:13 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
536adedcd3 ramips: remove unnecessary execute permission bit
dts file does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.

Fixes: f098c612b6 ("ramips: create shared DTSI for Netgear EX2700 and WN3000RP v3")

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-04 17:09:20 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
64648e29fc mediatek: remove unnecessary execute permission bit
kernel config and patch files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.

Fixes: 01c8f2e97c ("mediatek: bump to v4.19")

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-02-04 17:09:20 +01:00
Michal Cieslakiewicz
6227c8d1bf ath79: WNDR3700 v1/v2: make u-boot env partition writable
Remove read-only flag from U-boot environment partition for Netgear
WNDR3700 v1 and v2 so u-boot-envtools can modify data there.

Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
2020-02-04 12:19:52 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
997d89cdf5 mediatek: remove KERNEL_PATCHVER overwrite for mt7629
Since whole target has been bumped to kernel 4.19 in 01c8f2e97c
("mediatek: bump to v4.19") we do not need the overwrite in mt7629
subtarget anymore.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-04 12:15:45 +01:00
John Crispin
01c8f2e97c mediatek: bump to v4.19
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-04 07:48:09 +01:00
August Huber
ae61d21ca3 ath79: add support for COMFAST CF-E560AC
This commit adds support for the COMFAST CF-E560AC, an ap143 based
in-wall access point.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531
 - RAM: 128 MB DDR2 (Winbond W971GG6SB-25)
 - Storage: 16 MB NOR (Winbond 25Q128JVSO)
 - WAN: 1x 10/100 PoE ethernet (48v)
 - LAN: 4x 10/100 ethernet
 - WLAN1: QCA9531 - 802.11b/g/n - 2x SKY85303-21 FEM
 - WLAN2: QCA9886 - 802.11ac/n/a - 2x SKY85735-11 FEM
 - USB: one external USB2.0 port
 - UART: 3.3v, 2.54mm headers already populated on board
 - LED: 7x external
 - Button: 1x external
 - Boot: U-Boot 1.1.4 (pepe2k/u-boot_mod)

MAC addressing:

- stock
  LAN    *:40 (label)
  WAN    *:41
  5G     *:42
  2.4G   *:4a

- flash (art partition)
  0x0    *:40 (label)
  0x6    *:42
  0x1002 *:41
  0x5006 *:43

This device contains valid MAC addresses in art 0x0, 0x6, 0x1002 and
0x5006, however the vendor firmware only reads from art:0x0 for the LAN
interface and then increments in 02_network. They also jump 8 addresses
for the second wifi interface (2.4 GHz). This behavior has been duplicated
in the DTS and ath10k hotplug to align addresses with the vendor firmware
v2.6.0.

Recovery instructions:

This device contains built-in u-boot tftp recovery.

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10/24 and tftp server.
2. Place desired image at /firmware_auto.bin at tftp root.
3. Connect device to PC, and power on.
4. Device will fetch flash from tftp, flash and reboot into new image.

Signed-off-by: August Huber <auh@google.com>
[move jtag_disable_pins, remove unnecessary statuses in DTS, remove
duplicate entry in 11-ath10k-caldata, remove hub_port0 label in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-03 16:18:08 +01:00
Michal Cieslakiewicz
3b99d67639 ath79: WNDR3700 v2: add dash before version in device name
Adapt Netgear WNDR3700v2 device identification string to ath79 naming
scheme by changing from 'wndr3700v2' to 'wndr3700-v2' (affects config,
makefile, init scripts and device tree definition).

Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
2020-02-03 11:28:05 +01:00
John Crispin
a067862518 mediatek: add wmac devicetree node for MT7622
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-02-02 20:20:11 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4897bf0ca5 ath79: add common definition for Device/tplink-v2
This adds a shared definition Device/tplink-v2 to common-tp-link.mk.
Though currently only one device in ath79 uses it, putting it in
the common file seems more organized. The definitions are based
on the implementation in ramips target, where a lot of devices
is using tplink-v2-* commands already.

The '-V "ver. 2.0"' suffix for Archer D50 v1 can be removed because
it's default in Build/tplink-v2-image anyway.

While at it, add TPLINK_HWREVADD and TPLINK_HVERSION to DEVICE_VARS,
which seems to have been overlooked when adding Archer D50 v1.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-02 14:01:59 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8a6994eb03 ath79: rename tplink-loader-okli to tplink-safeloader-okli
This renames Device/tplink-loader-okli to Device/tplink-safeloader-okli
since the latter more accurately describes the combination of
tplink-safeloader and loader-okli use there. The old version might
be confused with other uses of the okli loader.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-02 13:41:20 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9c37c5ef2f ath79: rename Device/tplink to Device/tplink-v1
As we have tplink-v2-header and tplink-v2-image recipes as well,
this patch renames the Device/tplink definition to Device/tplink-v1,
as it's using the tplink-v1-* commands. This should provide easier
distinction in the future.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-02 13:40:08 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
87b14bc6c2 mvebu: image: align subtargets makefile names
Align subtargets makefiles names to actual subtargets.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-01 20:02:36 +01:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
67ac189e4b mvebu: image: sort devices alphabetically
This sorts the devices in image Makefiles alphabetically.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed sorting in one case, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-01 20:01:58 +01:00
Andreas Böhler
6d6f36ae78 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2
TP-Link RE200 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:0D
2.4G: *:0E
5G  : *:0F

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Serial console
--------------

Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

Additonal notes
---------------

It is possible to flash back to stock by using tplink-safeloader to create
a sysupgrade image based on a stock update. After the first boot, it is
necessary upgrade to another stock image, otherwise subsequent boots
fail with LZMA ERROR 1 and you have to attach serial to recover the device.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[remove DEVICE_VARS change]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-01 19:41:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
3227afbbab ramips: collect and harmonize TP-Link image variants in common file
This moves the various variants of common device definitions for
TP-Link devices to a common Makefile common-tp-link.mk. This
provides the opportunity to reorganize and move parameters between
individual device definitions and the common ones.

While at it, also use the common definitions for previously
independent definitions where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-01 19:35:35 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
a1cfe0dcbb kernel: connmark set-dscpmark follow upstreamimg attempt
I'm having another attempt at trying to getting the 'store dscp into
conntrack connmark' functionality into upstream kernel, since the
restore function (act_ctinfo) has been accepted.

The syntax has changed from 'savedscp' to 'set-dscpmark' since that
conforms more closely with existing functionality.

4.14 backport is more of a hack since the structure versioning
mechanism isn't in place.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-01-31 20:22:24 +00:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
633c4304ad ath79: add support for Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco M (XW)
This commit adds support for the NanoStation Loco M2/M5 XW devices
on the ath79 target (support was long ago available on ar71xx).

Specifications:

 - AR9342 SoC @ 535 MHz
 - 64 MB RAM
 - 8 MB SPI flash
 - 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
 - AR8032 switch
 - 2T2R 5 GHz radio, 22 dBm
 - 13 dBi built-in antenna
 - POWER/LAN green LEDs
 - 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
 - UART (115200 8N1) on PCB

Flashing via TFTP:

 - Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
   button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
 - Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
 - Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
   LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
 - Release reset button
 - The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
 - Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
 - Upload via tftp the factory image:
   $ tftp 192.168.1.20
   tftp> bin
   tftp> trace
   tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-01-31 17:24:31 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6c407fb5db ath79: do not set inherited phy-mode/status properties again
There are several cases where phy-mode and status properties are
set again in DTS(I) files although those were set to the same values
in parent DTSI files already. Remove those cases (and thus also stop
their proliferation by copy/paste).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-31 13:42:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c8190713cb ath79: harmonize ethernet-phy naming scheme
A minority of ethernet-phy definitions seems to use numbers in label,
name and reg property relatively random. This patch aligns their
use to have the same numeric value for all of them.

While at it, improve order of properties/add newlines for the ethX
nodes where necessary.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-31 13:40:59 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1ab81bf02d mediatek: mt7623: remove left-over fragments of mt7623a-rfb-emmc
The image creation for the mt7623a-rfb-emmc has been removed during
a patch refresh without specific comment. The corresponding base-files
entries and DTS patches for 4.14 are still there.

Since mt7623 is pretty dead and nobody has missed this device, let's
just remove the rest.

Fixes: 050da2107a ("mediatek: backport upstream mediatek patches")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-01-30 19:08:09 +01:00
Jan Alexander
20eb45da4f ramips: use tpt DTS trigger for TP-Link TL-MR3020 v3 and TL-WA801ND v5
This converts the TP-Link TL-MR3020v3 board to use the WLAN throughput
LED trigger in order to react to all VAPs.

It also moves the WLAN trigger config of the TP-Link TL-WA801NDv5 to the
DTS and merges the now identical LAN LED configs.

Verified these changes on a TL-MR3020v3.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[changed commit title and extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-30 13:09:12 +01:00
David Bauer
0cf889db00 Revert "ramips: fix NETGEAR R6260 EEPROM offset"
This reverts commit 4716c843d6.

Netgear seems to use different partition layouts on the R6260, which
would require us to dynamically detect the position of (at least) the
factory partition.

Revert this fix to avoid breaking existing installations until a better
solution has been worked out.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-01-30 12:39:27 +01:00
Daniel Golle
6015659e2b kernel: add support for XTX xt25f128 SPI-NOR flash chips
This fixes support for Teltonika RUT9xx which in recent versions of
the device uses xt25f128b flash.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-01-30 11:33:53 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4ecd6510bf ramips: remove duplicate DEVICE_PACKAGES for TP-Link Archer C20i
DEVICE_PACKAGES is specified twice for the same device. Remove the
first (=older) assignment.

Fixes: 40692f0fb5 ("ramips: mt7620: select only the matching mt76 driver")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-29 20:29:27 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b4d3110ac1 ath79: add support for GL.iNet 6408/6416 (GL.iNet V1)
This ports the GL.iNet 6408/6416 from ar71xx.

The GL-Connect GL.iNet v1 routers are basically a TP-Link TL-WR710N with
more DRAM/Flash and console/GPIO header in the same small form-factor.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Atheros AR9331
 - CPU: 400 MHz
 - Flash: 8/16 MiB
 - RAM: 64 MiB
 - WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n (SoC)
 - Ethernet: 2x 100M ports (LAN/WAN)
 - USB: 1x 2.0

The difference between 6408 and 6416 is just the flash size. It looks like
only the 16 MiB version has been advertised, while the 6408 is a modified
version. There are also 1-port versions sold by third parties.

Installation:
Install the sysupgrade image via stock firmware GUI or upload it via uboot
(web-based). The device will be available at 192.168.1.1.

Attention: In ar71xx, the same board name is used for both flash versions.
So, please make sure you flash the correct ath79 image when upgrading.

This has been device-tested on a GL.iNet 6416.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-29 18:56:04 +01:00
David Bauer
4716c843d6 ramips: fix NETGEAR R6260 EEPROM offset
The EEPROM offset for the NETGEAR R6260 is incorrect, thus no valid
calibration data is used.

Fix this only for the NETGEAR R6260, as it's currently unknown whether
or not other boards are affected.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-01-29 15:11:10 +01:00
David Bauer
b30f2281cc ramips: add support for GL.iNet microuter-N300
The GL.iNet microuter-N300 (internally referred as MT300N-v4) is a
pocket-size travel router. It is essentially identical to the VIXMINI
(internally referred as MT300N-v3) but with double the RAM and
SPI-flash.

Additionally, set the label-mac for both the VIXMINI as well as the
microuter-N300.

Hardware
--------
SoC:   MediaTek MT7628NN
RAM:   128M DDR2
FLASH: 16M
LED:   Power - WLAN
BTN:   Reset
UART:  115200 8N1
       TX and RX are labled on the board as pads next to the SoC

Installation via web-interface
------------------------------
1. Visit the web-interface at 192.168.8.1
   Note: The ethernet port is by default WAN. So you need to connect to
   the router via WiFi

2. Navigate to the Update tab on the left side.

3. Select "Local Update"

4. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image.
   Note: Make sure you select not to preserve the configuration.

Installation via U-Boot
-----------------------
1. Hold down the reset button while powering on the device.
   Wait for the LED to flash 5 times.

2. Assign yourself a static IPv4 in 192.168.1.0/24

3. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image at 192.168.1.1.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-01-29 15:10:54 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1e3bfbafd3 octeon: apply vendor_model scheme to device definition/image name
This updates the device definition name for octeon target to provide
more useful names for the images and be consistent with the increasing
number of targets following that scheme.

Since the target is not using device tree yet, this does not touch
board_name and thus sets BOARD_NAME in image Makefile to ensure
sysupgrade is still working.

While at it, move Build block before Device blocks and remove trailing
whitespace for CMDLINE.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-26 23:00:26 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
49d66e0468 mediatek: use consistent naming scheme for device nodes
This harmonizes the device node names (and thus the image names, too)
between subtargets of the mediatek target. So far, each subtarget
has somewhat used its own naming scheme. Now, we use the vendor_device
syntax there, too.

Since DTS names have different patterns and the target only contains
a few devices, this does not replace DEVICE_DTS by a calculated
default value (like for other targets).

SUPPORTED_DEVICES is adjusted based on the node rename where necessary,
though it looks like for several older devices it was not set up
correctly so far.

While at it, this also changes the DTS name for u7623-02-emmc-512m
to all-lower-case.

Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-26 22:11:48 +01:00
Sven Roederer
a20069e1af mvebu: remove bashism
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.

Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[split patch, remove shebang, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-26 21:51:32 +01:00
Scott Roberts
a461f984c4 kernel: sfp: add Nokia SFP fix from net-next
Add Nokia GPON ONT SFP fix for tx_fault in net-next.

Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
2020-01-26 19:20:00 +01:00
Christian Lamparter
016339ba42 ipq40xx: fix misplaced cells-sizes in WPJ419's dts
This patch fixes the occurences of the following warning
message from the dtc:

Warning (reg_format): /soc/spi@78b5000/flash0@0/partitions/partition@0:reg:
property has invalid length (8 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-01-26 01:20:46 +01:00
Yen-Ting-Shen
51f3035978 ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EMD1
SOC:     IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU:     Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM:    256 MiB
NOR:     32 MiB
ETH:     Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (1 port)
WLAN1:   Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2:   Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT:   RESET Button
LEDS:    White, Blue, Red, Orange

Flash instruction:

From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:

In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emd1-squashfs-factory.bin directly.

From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:

1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
   Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMD1. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
   (IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emd1-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
   (IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
   (IPQ40xx) # reset

Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[removed BOARD_NAME]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-01-26 01:20:45 +01:00
Fredrik Olofsson
52b8c7a892 ipq40xx: Add support for D-Link DAP-2610
Specifications
==============
- SOC: IPQ4018
- RAM: DDR3 256MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
    - 2.4GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85303-11
    - 5GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85717-21
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000Mbps, POE 802.3af
- PHY: QCA8072
- UART: GND, blocked, 3.3V, RX, TX / 115200 8N1
- LED: 1x red / green
- Button: 1x reset / factory default
- U-Boot bootloader with tftp and "emergency web server" accessible
  using serial port.

Installation
============
Flash factory image from D-Link web UI. Constraints in the D-Link web UI
makes the factory image unnecessarily large. Flash again using
sysupgrade from inside OpenWrt to reclaim some flash space.

Return to stock D-Link firmware
===============================
Partition layout is preserved, and it is possible to return to the stock
firmware simply by downloading it from D-Link and writing it to the
firmware partition.

    # mtd -r write dap2610-firmware.bin firmware

Quirks
======
To be flashable from the D-Link http server, the firmware must be larger
then 6MB, and the size in the firmware header must match the actual file
size. Also, the boot loader verifies the checksum of the firmware before
each boot, thus the jffs2 must be after the checksum covered part. This
is solved in the factory image by having the rootfs at the very end of
the image (without pad-rootfs).

The sysupgrade image which does not have to be flashable from the D-Link
web UI may be smaller, and the checksum in the firmware header only
covers the kernel part of the image.

Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[added WRGG Variables to DEVICE_VARS, squashed spi pinconf/mux,
added emd1's gmac0 config,fix dtc warnings]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-01-26 01:20:45 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2dc0a8c180 lantiq: tidy up image/Makefile
This harmonizes indent for Build blocks and removes multiple empty
lines.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 18:52:41 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
719e106855 lantiq: fix setting SOC to DEFAULT_SOC
This adds the missing assignment of DEFAULT_SOC to the SOC variable
by default.

Fixes: 09ee51c614 ("lantiq: define SOC only once for uniform targets")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 18:48:47 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
09ee51c614 lantiq: define SOC only once for uniform targets
In lantiq there are several subtarget where all devices have the
same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.

This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.

This is applied to all subtargets except xway, as only the latter has
two different SOCs.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 18:38:53 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d9a0794f8d lantiq: move DTS_DIR variable out of Device definition
The DTS_DIR variable is not a device variable, thus it should not
be set inside Device/Default but globally.

Fixes: c640370939 ("lantiq: use soc_vendor_device scheme on DTS file")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 18:35:25 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
44cb4fd5e6 lantiq: fix model name for BT Home Hub 3 Type A
The number 3 was accidentally removed from the name during split
of DEVICE_TITLE.

Fixes: fd66687058 ("lantiq: split up DEVICE_TITLE")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 18:32:11 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
dc862be301 ramips: define SOC only once for uniform targets
In ramips, all devices in mt7621, mt76x8 and rt288x subtarget have
the same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.

This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-24 17:16:11 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
daa218a288 kernel: act_ctinfo: really fix backport this time
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-01-24 14:35:31 +00:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
943cc81b0f kernel: act_ctinfo: fixup build error on 4.14
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-01-24 13:39:19 +00:00
Koen Vandeputte
40842167d2 kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.98
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-24 13:14:33 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
76254cb75e kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.167
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-24 13:14:33 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
7a57e82f28 kernel: act_ctinfo: backport memory leak fix
[ Upstream commit 09d4f10a5e78d76a53e3e584f1e6a701b6d24108 ]

Implement a cleanup method to properly free ci->params

BUG: memory leak
unreferenced object 0xffff88811746e2c0 (size 64):
 comm "syz-executor617", pid 7106, jiffies 4294943055 (age 14.250s)
 hex dump (first 32 bytes):
   00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
   c0 34 60 84 ff ff ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  .4`.............
 backtrace:
   [<0000000015aa236f>] kmemleak_alloc_recursive include/linux/kmemleak.h:43 [inline]
   [<0000000015aa236f>] slab_post_alloc_hook mm/slab.h:586 [inline]
   [<0000000015aa236f>] slab_alloc mm/slab.c:3320 [inline]
   [<0000000015aa236f>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x145/0x2c0 mm/slab.c:3549
   [<000000002c946bd1>] kmalloc include/linux/slab.h:556 [inline]
   [<000000002c946bd1>] kzalloc include/linux/slab.h:670 [inline]
   [<000000002c946bd1>] tcf_ctinfo_init+0x21a/0x530 net/sched/act_ctinfo.c:236
   [<0000000086952cca>] tcf_action_init_1+0x400/0x5b0 net/sched/act_api.c:944
   [<000000005ab29bf8>] tcf_action_init+0x135/0x1c0 net/sched/act_api.c:1000
   [<00000000392f56f9>] tcf_action_add+0x9a/0x200 net/sched/act_api.c:1410
   [<0000000088f3c5dd>] tc_ctl_action+0x14d/0x1bb net/sched/act_api.c:1465
   [<000000006b39d986>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x178/0x4b0 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5424
   [<00000000fd6ecace>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x61/0x170 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2477
   [<0000000047493d02>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x1d/0x30 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5442
   [<00000000bdcf8286>] netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1302 [inline]
   [<00000000bdcf8286>] netlink_unicast+0x223/0x310 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1328
   [<00000000fc5b92d9>] netlink_sendmsg+0x2c0/0x570 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1917
   [<00000000da84d076>] sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:639 [inline]
   [<00000000da84d076>] sock_sendmsg+0x54/0x70 net/socket.c:659
   [<0000000042fb2eee>] ____sys_sendmsg+0x2d0/0x300 net/socket.c:2330
   [<000000008f23f67e>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x8a/0xd0 net/socket.c:2384
   [<00000000d838e4f6>] __sys_sendmsg+0x80/0xf0 net/socket.c:2417
   [<00000000289a9cb1>] __do_sys_sendmsg net/socket.c:2426 [inline]
   [<00000000289a9cb1>] __se_sys_sendmsg net/socket.c:2424 [inline]
   [<00000000289a9cb1>] __x64_sys_sendmsg+0x23/0x30 net/socket.c:2424

Fixes: 24ec483cec98 ("net: sched: Introduce act_ctinfo action")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Cc: Kevin 'ldir' Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Kevin 'ldir' Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-01-24 11:25:26 +00:00
Felix Fietkau
c6c4701def kernel: fix dst reference leak in flow offload
Fixes a significant amount of leaked memory with lots of connections

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-01-23 17:41:55 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
07ce940b77 ath79: fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES not matching ar71xx board names
Based on a script for comparison, this fixes (hopefully) all errors
in SUPPORTED_DEVICES for ar71xx->ath79 upgrade.

Devices where old string is removed as the device does not exist
in ar71xx:
- dlink_dir-859-a1
- tplink_archer-a7-v5
- tplink_cpe510-v3

Devices where string is changed because it did not match the board
name in ar71xx:
- tplink_tl-mr3220-v1
- tplink_tl-mr3420-v1
- tplink_tl-wr2543-v1
- tplink_tl-wr741nd-v4
- tplink_tl-wr841-v7
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh-pro
- ubnt_unifiac-pro

For this device, the correct string could not be found, but we could
not determine the correct one. Thus, the string is removed for now:
- tplink_tl-wr740n-v4

The script for checking this is quite simple (note that newer
entries, i.e. ath79->ath79 upgrade, are displayed as missing):

  newpath=target/linux/ath79/image/
  oldpath=target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/ar71xx.sh

  for s in $(grep -roh "SUPPORTED_DEVICES.*" $newpath | sed 's/SUPPORTED_DEVICES *.= *//'); do
    found="Missing"
    grep -q -r "\"$s\"" $oldpath && found="Found"
    echo "$s: $found."
  done

The errors might be filtered by appending 'grep "Missing"' to the script.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-23 16:09:58 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
071a637276 ath79: move lzma-loader to the end of available RAM
In certain cases, the uncompressed initramfs image will overwrite
the lzma-loader, which is currently only 10 MB away from kernel image
start. To prevent this, change LZMA_TEXT_START to 24 MB, so loader
and compressed image have 8 MB at the end of RAM and uncompressed
image has 24 MB available.

This is only enabled for ath79 at the moment, as there we can be sure
that all devices have 32+ MB RAM and TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZMA
is not enabled there.

Despite, since lzma-loader is currently build specifically for ath79
anyway, there is no need to re-specify LOADADDR and LZMA_TEXT_START
in image/Makefile, so the values are set directly in
image/lzma-loader/Makefile and the overwrite in image/Makefile is
removed.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-23 15:28:03 +01:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
6aaa5ce2c5 ath79: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD
This commit adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD
(wAP AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac
wireless AP with integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet port.

See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
 - RAM: 64 MB
 - Storage: 16 MB NOR
 - Wireless:
   · Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
   · Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
 - Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port,
   passive PoE in

Working:
 - Board/system detection
 - Sysupgrade
 - Serial console
 - Ethernet
 - 2.4 GHz radio
 - 5 GHz radio and LED
 - Reset button

Not working/Unsupported:
 - 2.4 GHz LED
 - AP/CAP LED
 - ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor

This adds the basic features for supporting MikroTik devices:
 - a common recipe for mikrotik images in common-mikrotik.mk
 - support for minor (MikroTik NOR) split firmware (only for
   generic subtarget so far)

Acknowledgments: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
                 Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
                 Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
                 Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-23 15:28:03 +01:00
David Bauer
26c2556775 ath79: allow to override AR8033 SGMII aneg status
In order to make the QCA955x SGMII workaround work, the unsuccessful
SGMII autonegotiation on the AR8033 should not block the PHY
state-machine.

Otherwise, the ag71xx driver never becomes aware of the copper-side
link-establishment and the workaround is never executed.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[remove one trailing whitespace per file]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-23 15:28:03 +01:00
David Bauer
0d416a8d3b ath79: add QCA955x SGMII link loss workaround
This commit adds a workaround for the loss of the SGMII link observed on
the QCA955x generation of SoCs. The workaround originates part from the
U-Boot source code, part from the implementation from AVM found in the
GPL tarball for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E.

The bug results in a stuck SGMII link between the PHY device and the SoC
side. This has only been observed with the Atheros AR8033 PHY and most
likely all devices using such combination are affected.

It is worked around by reading a hidden SGMII status register and
issuing a SGMII PHY reset until the link becomes useable again.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-01-23 15:28:03 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6fe31abc5a kirkwood: exploit BOARD_NAME to set DEVICE_DTS and SUPPORTED_DEVICES
Due to the history of the target, all devices added before a certain
point have the same device string in BOARD_NAME, DEVICE_DTS and added
to SUPPORTED_DEVICES.

Thus, we can set this one automatically for all devices where
BOARD_NAME is specified, removing the explicit DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES addition there.

For new devices, nothing has changed, and just DEVICE_DTS has to
be set manually.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-23 14:27:12 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d0d8584b41 sunxi: tidy up and sort alphabetically in image Makefiles
This tidies up the image Makefiles for the sunxi target by:
- Move the if-condition for the subtarget to the parent Makefile
- Remove lots of unnecessary empty lines
- Sort device definitions alphabetically
- Harmonize line wrapping for DEVICE_PACKAGES

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-23 14:21:19 +01:00
Kimmo Vuorinen
2c1cfacdde ar71xx: change u-boot-env to read-write for gl-ar150/-domino/mifi
Change u-boot-env partitions to be mounted as read-write for gl-ar150,
gl-domino and gl-mifi so uboot-envtools support is possible.

Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-23 13:56:53 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a66a1eb9c5 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.

Short specification:

- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB

Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.

Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.

You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin

Stock firmware uses label MAC address for WiFi and same with local
bit set for ethernet. Since this is difficult to reproduce with
the toolset of OpenWrt, we just keep both ethernet and WiFi to
the same address here.

This is the first tiny device with tplink-safeloader in ath79.
Firmware partition is only 3648k and thus even smaller than for
the tplink-4m(lzma) devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-22 23:52:51 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b2102be8a5 ar71xx: use dynamic partitioning for TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2
This moves the TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 to dynamic partitioning and
will allow to use this for ath79 as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-22 23:52:51 +01:00
David Bauer
5f4f269ce1 generic at803x: remove unneeded patches
- Remove the "RGMII TX delay fixup" hack and the associated
   DT-property. It was never used in a DT-based platform and
   solved a problem which can be mitigated by using correct
   delays on the MAC side.

 - Remove the patch to enable platform-data support for the
   at803x driver. It was only used by ar71xx which does not
   (and never will) support kernel 4.19 or later.

 - Remove the SmartEEE DT-configuration patch. As explained
   previously, this patch never disabled the Atheros SmartEEE
   implementation, but rather "standard" EEE. This can be done
   on device-tree compatible platforms by adding the
   "eee-broken-1000t" or "eee-broken-100tx" properties to the PHY
   node. As all usages of the old properties are migrated, this
   patch can be removed.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2020-01-22 22:54:14 +01:00
David Bauer
a8898f1a11 ath79: use upstream properties to disable EEE
The hack-patch which introduced the "at803x-disable-smarteee" for
disabling SmartEEE did in fact not disable SmartEEE but rather disabled
802.3az "standard" EEE.

This can be done by using the upstream properties "eee-broken-100tx" and
"eee-broken-1000t". EEE is then disabled by the PHY subsystem.

Tested on devolo WiFi pro 1200e.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-01-22 22:53:55 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
6eaea3a8ba ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA850RE v1
This ports support for the TL-WA850RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.

Specifications:
  Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
  Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
  CPU: 535 MHz
  WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
  Ethernet: 1 port (100M)

Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.

Recovery:
Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
require recovery beyond failsafe.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-22 17:18:55 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
947163b9d2 kernel: sfp: re-attempt probing for phy
Add patches retrying to probe the PHY to restore support for PHYs taking
longer to initialize without breaking modules without PHYs.

Patches taken from http://git.armlinux.org.uk/cgit/linux-arm.git/log/?h=phy

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Jonas Gorski
10b12b5d68 kernel: sfp: add two fixes submitted to upstream
Add two small fixes for SFP that were submitted upstream.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Russell King
46678fbdca mvebu: add uDPU update patches
Update the uDPU kernel support, fixing a number of issues:
* make ethernet work again by adding comphy definitions
* slow the I2C bus to give it more chance of actually working
* the SFP cages are designed to support up to 3W modules, which
  would be prevented from initialising without this patch.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: rename to mvebu, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Russell King
a1358fc7ae kernel: add SFP support for Methode DM7052 NBASE-T module
Add support for Methode DM7052 NBASE-T module to OpenWRT. These
patches are taken from my "phy" branch, and will be sent for the
next kernel merge window.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: move patches to pending, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Russell King
1c16b574c4 kernel: add backported phy/phylink/sfp patches
Backport the phy/phylink/sfp patches currently queued in netdev or in
mainline necessary to support GPON popular modules, specifically to
support Huawei and Nokia GPON modules.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: include kernel version in file names, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Russell King
a07638eb24 kernel: move phylink patches from mvebu to generic
Move two phylink patches from mvebu to generic, so that everyone can
benefit from them.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: add kernel version to file names]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Russell King
e81a5b0556 kernel: remove obsolete phylink/SFP patches
Remove the old phylink/SFP patches from the OpenWRT build; these will
be updated with a new set in subsequent.

450-reprobe_sfp_phy is also removed for several reasons:
1) it is not in mainline.
2) it breaks copper modules that do not have a PHY.
3) it makes backporting the current patch set harder.

Discussion is ongoing with the patch author for a mainline Linux kernel
patch for this.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
2020-01-21 22:32:48 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
111a7a3d01 ath79: remove usused TPLINK_BOARD_NAME variable for DEVICE_VARS
TPLINK_BOARD_NAME has been renamed to TPLINK_BOARD_ID a long time
ago (7d6c63d875: "build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to
TPLINK_BOARD_ID" for ar71xx), and before introducing ath79 target
at all.

TPLINK_BOARD_NAME seems to have been introduced into ath79 target
only by mistake. It has never been used. Remove it.

Fixes: 53c474abbd ("ath79: add new OF only target for QCA MIPS silicon")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-21 18:08:19 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
0c707d37b7 Revert "kernel: mtd: Make subpartitions inherit parent's access mode"
This reverts commit de80424f70 which needs
more work and testing as it broke at least jffs2 overlays at least on
ath79 platform, marking them as read-only, thus unusable:

 jffs2_build_filesystem(): erasing all blocks after the end marker...
 jffs2: Erase at 0x009e0000 failed immediately: -EROFS. Is the sector locked?

Ref: http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021344.html
Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@ewol.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-01-21 17:25:56 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
2cb413de1c zynq: derive DEVICE_DTS from device definition name
In zynq target, the DEVICE_DTS variable is always set consistent
with the model part of the device definition name.

This patch replaces the redundant definitions for the individual
devices with a common recipe.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-21 14:26:04 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1fa04b5d9f mvebu: split base-files across subtargets
For the mvebu target in particular, there is a lot of files in
base-files that are only relevant for one subtarget. Improve
overview and reduce size per subtarget by moving/splitting
base-files depending on the subtarget they belong to.

While at it, consolidate 01_leds by using the model part of
the board name as variable.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-01-21 14:24:49 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e93626f1f4 mvebu: use SOC to derive DEVICE_DTS
This introduces the SOC variable to mvebu target to derive some of
the DEVICE_DTS variables based on the SOC prefix and the device
definition name.

Since DTS names and compatible are inconsistent also in the kernel
for this target, the scheme cannot be applied to all devices, though.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-01-21 14:23:52 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0a388b5bf7 mvebu: move subtarget image Makefile switch to parent Makefile
This moves the if conditions for choosing which image Makefiles
are used to the parent image/Makefile. It seems more convenient
to have "codeflow" in the parent while the subtarget-specific
files only contain the definitions.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2020-01-21 14:18:07 +01:00
Enrico Mioso
b99b60b2f1 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-MR6400
This device is an LTE router supported in ar71xx so far.
As per original commit, hardware specifications (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A

Flashing instructions:
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.

Known issues:
- LTE module does not always come up during boot (showing USB enumeration errors). Similar behavior has been reported at least from one user for ar71xx, too. Turning USB off and on again will serve as a workaround.
- eth0 (LAN) always shows carrier as 1 even if no cable is plugged in (this works "correctly" on ar71xx)

Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
[several adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
2020-01-21 14:15:48 +01:00
Lech Perczak
83708f233d ar71xx: ubnt-rocket-m-ti: fix RSSI LED definitions
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti Rocket M Titanium, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.

While at that, split RSSI into ~equal intervals for 6 LEDs,
and remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as this board does not
support PWM LEDs.

Finally, for complete support, enable 'rssileds' package in per-device
rootfs, so the indicator works out of box.

Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
2020-01-21 14:09:30 +01:00
Michal Cieslakiewicz
0d28e5d644 ath79: fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES for WNDR4300 and WNDR3700v4
Kernel partition increase to 4 MiBs for Netgear WNDR3700v4 and WNDR4300
routers breaks sysupgrade image compatibility with ar71xx builds.
Therefore, SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable has to be removed for both devices
from target makefile.

Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
2020-01-21 00:29:25 +01:00
Bruno Pena
de80424f70 kernel: mtd: Make subpartitions inherit parent's access mode
Currently it's not possible to effectively mark a "firmware" partition
as read-only. The sub-partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and "rootfs_data"
are always created as read-write (ignoring the parent access mode).

This patch enforces the access mode of sub-partitions to match the
parent partition, which is useful for recovery images that are meant
to be fully read-only to avoid accidental damage from end-user.

An example of such implementation (read-only firmware image) is the
recovery image used on the Zsun-SD100 [1].

Please note the related patch for fstools [2] to enable this read-only
concept.

[1] https://github.com/brunompena/zsun-resources
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021043.html

Signed-off-by: Bruno Pena <brunompena@gmail.com>
[removed already obsolete 4.9 kernel patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-01-20 20:57:21 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
7adb0f9810 kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.97
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
ac050025a5 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.166
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
6cc7498daa kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.96
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
2b4654f74f kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.165
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
692b91f56b kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.95
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
b5480de4d1 kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.164
Refreshed all patches.

Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2020-01-20 13:41:49 +01:00
Walter Sonius
098cbc68ee brcm47xx: fix switch port order for Netgear WN2500RP V1
The Netgear WN2500RP V1 switch0 already works for LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1
WAN port is absent on this device and therefore removed
from switch config.

Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[move block to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-20 12:35:44 +01:00
Maximilian Pachl
9e799f3eee ramips: apply LED_POLARITY rt3050-esw on MT7628AN/MT7688
The device tree property "mediatek,led_polarity" is ignored for
MT7628AN and MT7688. According to the datasheet both SoCs have
the matching register. Therefore the property should be applied
on these two devices as well.

Signed-off-by: Maximilian Pachl <m@ximilian.info>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-01-19 10:55:31 +01:00
Stephan Knauss
fbf297be38 kirkwood: fix HDD LED labels for Zyxel NSA325 in 01_leds
Change the LED labels for hdd1/hdd2 in 01_leds to match their
counterpart in DTS.

Signed-off-by: Stephan Knauss <openwrt@stephans-server.de>
[improve commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-18 21:46:26 +01:00
Walter Sonius
cf2f1fc687 brcm47xx: fix switch port order for Netgear WNR3500 V2
The Netgear WNR3500 V2 switch0 already works for WAN/LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
Internet / 4 / 3 / 2 / 1 this resembles the Linksys E3000 V1.

Verfied with imagebuilder edit FILES=/etc/board.d/01_network

Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00
Steffen Förster
93a4c8afbf ramips: add support for TP-Link RE305 v1
Specification:

SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Wifi:
  - 2.4GHz: MT7628AN
  - 5GHz: MT7612EN
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps

Flash instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Back to stock is possible by using TFTP and stripping down the Firmware
provided by TP-Link to a initramfs.

The flash space between 0x650000 and 0x7f0000
is blank in the stock firmware so I left it out as well.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <nemesis@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00
Sungbo Eo
c26b687e31 kernel: remove further obsolete kernel version switches
Most of the kernel version switches below 4.14 were removed in commit
97940f8766 ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches"),
but some of them still remained. Remove them now.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8d78354d24 ath79: add led_ prefix for Phicomm K2T LED label
Using the led_ prefix for the node label is now common in ath79,
so also apply it here.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
9573176300 ath79: use rssihigh LED instead of WAN LED for status indication
Using the LED of network interfaces for status (boot/failsafe/...)
indication is somewhat misleading, as the blinking might be
mistaken for network activity. This uses rssi LEDs instead, which
do not blink normally and thus are less ambiguous.

The rssihigh LED has also been used consistently for the TP-Link CPE
devices.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00